Home

"user manual"

1. MANUAL VALV fa NE _ PIPING _INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTS _INSTRUMENT _SIGNALS LINE CODE de AAN CAPILLARY TUBING SOON Y 1 E copings PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENT Git me He kare Gerad ee gt UTILITY PIPING OPEN CHANNEL ro ZLECTRICAL SIGNAL Lt ds a al CLOSED BALL VALVE FLOW FLUMES ETC 4 4 L a l A REAR PANEL MOUNTED HYDRAULIC Es ii P y SECONDARY PROCESS PIPING pi INSTRUMENT LINE NUMBER LINE CONTENTS BUTTERFLY VALVE OPEN aR NS PIPING PIPING SIZE o BUTTERFLY VALVE CLOSED A e ame aga LOCALLY MOUNTED eal a a a SPECIFICATION aegis RUTTER LY VA CLOS ke 49 J e INSTRUMENT POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT i CHECK VALVZ Bee eee FLOW TOTALIZINS INDICATOR _ MISCELLANEOUS _ PROJECT ABBREVIATIONS J 7 y DIAPHRAGM VALVE gt Y INSTRUMENT FURNISHED 4 SIGNAL TRANSFER SYMBOL SERVICE INSULATED PIPING i WITH EQUIPMENT MA AMBIENT AIR GATE VALVE S COLD CONSERVATION ie res an LEN CONSERVATION BREATHING i e 7 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL ON W TRANSMITE VENT AC SULFURIC ACID SO_UTION gt lt GATE VALVE CLOSED a INSULATED PIPING ke a DISPLAYED ON CRT DOPPLER OR TRANSIT TIME l po ONITE SNI Ded CLOCC
2. an 077 a Am Ds AD aaa g H ON OFF yrs a oh _ 2204 15 gt AN SP ys ae S S T20V 011 eH PI oan 220A 5 2204 ae LSL O FICA Cs 220L NOTE 4 307707 220 011 ESA A op 40715401 8 PW i x gt TE pee etb2 o 220C ECV G26V 04 Fo 3 a yi 220 730V 03 7 a Lo 1 107 E a Sp gt O O AD a 0 11 rerun as 5 Aa BACKWASH WATER TO 078 INDOORS OUTDOORS L o l E REACTION TANK X 130 IT ED I CHAMBER 1 OWG_P 3 a a T eT a loo q ases ero IG AA RA A SS o a 082 ON OFF e e ON OFF l A 403154013 SL S SP HS 181 NOTES 401 1 1 BW 43015401 6 PW SINI 2208 DOK o N l 011540 1 2 B o A a Sa A A Gn A MM EE Ait eo y 2 NOTE 4 AR ee 1 TANK T 220 SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH COLUMN C 200 THIS WILL ACT AS A SUMP Lo aldol o J E NES 2057 i FOR THE COLUMN AChWASH WATER TO PASAS J i pack hea 7 2 SHUTDOWN FAN K 200 W ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY SHUTDOWN E REACTION TANK X 130 Y 402154011 7 2 RW EE E ii seas A po 3 OF PUPS P 110A B i mis CONSTRUCT ON E pl BASED ON TEC BNCHAMBER 2 DWG P 3 C OK 6 540 SP a 4 3 THIS VALVE SHALL BE LOCATED A THE HIGH POINT AND SERVE AS AN AIR RELEASE JESIGI DEVELOPED BY THE ZARCHITECT ENGINEER COD FAN desicion op een 4 SEE LAYOUT AND ISOMETRICS FOR REDUCER AND EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION TO OR SUL EMPLEO ROWE THIS SP PODS nee Tr G20V 08 AR 5 PRESSURE GUAGES NOT SHOWN FOR CLAPITY ee A el DEPARTMENT OF THE
3. 245V 01 245V 01A P 245 Strainer Bypass Shut off n45V 07 RBall Valve P 245 Outlet to Polymer System Shut of DWGNo P 6 PlantServiceSystems Cid 150V 02 _ L150v 03 150V 05 150V 06 150V 07 150V 08 150V 09 50V 10 150V 11 150V 12 150V 13 150V 14 Ball Valve Air dryer outlet shut off 150V 15 DAILY SAFETY MEETING LOG CONTINUATION PAGE i Sues c Locition l Jao No 1 2 5 Equipment Labels All the major valves and tanks are labeled or tagged according to the revised piping and instrumentation diagrams please note that most of the minor valves such as the drain valves the pressure gauge inlet valves etc are shown on the P amp IDs but are not labeled and are therefore not included in the valve list Tables 1 1 1 2 4 and 1 2 5 provides the most recent list The tags will provide a unique identifier for each component This nomenclature will be used in subsequent sections of the startup procedures Arrows showing the direction of flow will also be provided for the process piping Following system startup all above ground process water piping in the building will be painted a uniform color Marking tape with arrows will be used to distinguish various process lines and flow direction The following will be identified Chemical feed piping Groundwater process piping Backwash water process piping Electrical supply and control conduit Compressed Air piping
4. Ball Valve P 121OutletShutOff 32V 03 40V 01 41V 01 41V 02 41V 03 41V 04 41V 05 43V 01 43V 02 43V 03 43V 04 45V 01 45V 02 45V 03 Note Not all drain valves are labeled Not labeled drain valves are not 00V 01 00V 02 02V 01 02V 02 04V 01 04V 02 21V 01 21V 02 21V 03 21V 04 21V 05 30V 01 30V 03 30V 07 30V 08 32V 01 32V 02 Ball Valve F kj ots AS Ball Valve LIT 145 Inlet Shut Off 150V 16 Ball Valve 130 Compressed Air Inlet to Aerator 145V 04 X 150V 19 150V 22 Pres Regulator 150V 25 Ball Valve DWG No P 3A 025V 03 101V 01 101V 02 103V 01 103V 02 105V 01 105V 02 01V 01 Butterfly Valve P 110A Outlet Flow Shut off 110V 04 Gate Valve P 110B Inlet Shut off 110V 05 Check Valve P 110B Outlet Back Flow Preventor w o o lo o O u Ma lt lt lt S o X 3 of 5 TABLE 1 2 5 Cont 110V 06 110V 07 10V 08 10V 09 FCV 110 Bypass Shut off 10V 10 110V 11 110V 12 Plug Valve Tanker Connection to T 110 Shut off 110V 13 Gate Valve 110V 14 Ball Valve 110V 15 Ball Valve 110V 16 Ball Valve 115V 01 Check Valve Sump Pump P 115 Outlet Back Flow Preventor Plug Valve P 115 Outlet Shut off Ball Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve 211V 02 Check Valve Check Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve DWG No P 5 VOC Removal System Ball Valve P 205 Inl
5. 14315401 3 PW 116V 09 137154012 PW et A COMMAND NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING ATLANTIC DIVISION NORFOLK VIRGINA DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE N C K M N i ie PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM VEEP GROUNDWATER RECOVER AND EQUALIZATION SYSTEM 1 ALL INSTRUMENTS VALVES AND PI ING SHALL GE ENCLOSED IN AN ABOVE GROUND LOCKABLE SHELTER AT EACH WELL HEAD FOR ALL EXTRACTION WELLS 2 THIS VALVE TO BE LOCATED AT THE HIGHPOINT OF THE EXTRACTION SYSTEM IN EACH ARZA AND SHALL 2 CAMLOCK 3 SEE LAYOUT AND ISOMETRICS FO RIDUCER AND 4 SHUTDOWN PUMP P 120 ONE HOLk AFTER SHAUTDUWN OF FUMPS P 1104 B ONE HOUT Dou NOT ePPLICALLO gt ON OFF o E 5 DESIGN NOT FINALIZED FOR SANITAR WASTE PUMPING STATION 4 WILL BE UPDATED WITH AS BUILTS ar A YR O O25 oa o O 141154016 PWw BLOG WALL OLTDOORE i ORANG NUK P 4 SHa t MUDO OF SN 27 NUE ary Te rn ee yo ER Bee o LA r FP OEE ot at Se ae NT Ow Te Ga oo A Tei AAA i RNS FT NA ae CER NACIO A A gt i X 50 A B x 150D x 1500 X 150F X 1506 AIR COMPRESSOR RECLIVER REFRIGERATED OIL SEPARATOR PARTICULATE 33 CFM 125 PSIG 150 PSIG AIR DRYER 150 PSIG AIR FILTER OILLESS TWO STAGE RECIPROCATING 10 MICRON 10 HP 230 460 3 60 TETC A ich 10 i 4 T 9 9 j EN O
6. 770 475 2242 770 664 6906 Larry Sears 770 993 4392 770 998 2430 Fred Bosket 864 576 3230 864 587 8828 Steve Hart 770 345 2118 770 345 2699 Robert N Hanks 610 363 8010 610 363 0971 Donnie Cannon 910 371 2325 800 228 4373 Mike Wolfe 404 998 1956 Scott Hudson 910 799 8800 910 799 8801 Tommy McClellan 704 596 6283 704 596 6289 reste 123 ot CY US Foundry amp Electrical manhole Steve Douglass 404 696 8810 404 696 9482 Manufacturing rings amp cover Corp Worth Chemical 50 Caustic Stan Tew 864 574 2785 Corp KOCH Sulfur 93 Sulfuric acid Ray Wilson 800 414 2243 Products Co Betz Entec Inc Polymer metal Barry Owings 919 783 7071 919 783 7093 scavenger chemicals PA DEAD 407 298 4534 G E Supply Transformer amp Elec Dave Whinsile 404 840 4196 Equip Supplies Bertsch Co Pipe fittings Bunnie 419 666 6605 419 666 3344 TABLE 1 2 4 lof5 clinstr1 lit INSTRUMENTATION LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System OHM Project 16032 AE 130A pH transmitter AE AE T pH measurement in T 110 outlet E Transmitter for AE 200A Deep well pump P 105 discharge flow DRW 3 Deep well pump P 301 discharge flow DMW 1 FE A FE FE FE E E E 0 1 Shallow weli pump P 304 SRW 6 Shallow well pumps combined discharge flow Flow indicator AE 200C pH measurement in T 110 outlet 1 2 of 5 Table 1 2 4 con
7. The leaked caustic should be pumped to empty containers under the supervision of expert help Do not try to neutralize the caustic or hose down the caustic with water without the supervision of the expert The operator should also refer to the safety precaution procedures 1 5 1 8 Acid Tank Failure If a leak develops in the acid tank T 211 the system needs to be shut down Follow the normal shut down procedures provided in Section 1 3 The acid will be contained within the containment walls Call for expert help immediately on how to handle the leaked acid The leaked acid should be pumped to empty containers under the supervision of expert help Do not try to neutralize the acid or hose down the acid with water without the supervision of the expert The operator should also refer to the safety precaution procedures Caution Do not hose down the acid with water because high temperature and even explosive situation can develop from the concentrated 93 sulfuric acid 1 5 1 9 Air Compressor Failure Refer to the section on Emergency Operations of Utility Systems 1 5 2 Emergency Shutdown Procedures When an emergency situation exists such that the water treatment system needs to be shut down immediately follow the procedures below Press the emergency stop button mounted on the control panel this will shut down all the equipment immediately Another method but not as preferable is to cut off the main power from the elect
8. DIMENSIONS inches MAX OPERATING PRESSURE PSIG O ar oo S a a a omo IE o G Ss a A Como esos a pe RO omo III IS FEE IO IEA IE O oxo eo a pa C CCSOSC CSN C W arras OO ooo ooo pe as pa Coxs eo as es pa oxo ao as rap G o Como eso as PPC S IN OUT CONNECTIONS in NPT MODEL NO ET WAIA tia IE ia ANANN bm CARBON ADSORBERS X 220 A B 8 0 MAINTENANCE The adsorbers are ASME rated pressure vessels protected by safety valves to prevent their exposure to pressure in excess of 75 PSIG An annual inspection of the exterior and interior of the vessels should be made This can best be done during the carbon exchange since the interior can only be examined after the carbon is removed At this time the vessel lining should be examined for wear and the underdrain examined for possible damage The vessel exterior can be examined at any time for signs of leakage or damage Pressure gauges have been installed and will enable the Operator to determine the pressure drop across each adsorber If these readings are recorded regularly the Operator will be able to tell when normal values are exceeded This would indicate the possible accumulation of fines or dirt on the top of the carbon bed Since this unit is preceded by pressure filters it is unlikely that this should occur If it should the adsorber should be backflushed as described Paragraph 3 4 In the event that somethin
9. 00 3 1000 6 1500 9 2000 12 2500 15 MAINTENANCE OPERATION Check Distance Piece Pressure Gauge Frame Oil Level Check Air Inlet Filter Inspect and Clean Inspect Oil for Contamination Change if necessary Frame Oil Change Petroleum Lube ee EE HEAR Unioader O Rings Tefton Lub on Unloader O Ring Compressor Valves Inspect Clean or Replace Xx x f ather Trap Filter Element Clean or Replace ase as Se a e E E Lube Rings i nspect Teflon and Carbon Rings de Replace if necessary intercooler Giean Exterior O wey O J Tooo i A E a a eee ee ae Weekly Weekly Beit Tension Check T MOTOR Motor Bearings Check and Lubricate gt IA N Monthly Weekly in Dusty Locations Aircooled Clean externaily Monthly Weekly in Dusty Locations Clean air flow internally IS Watercooled Check discharge water temp 1200F max Check water fiow rate A Yain Condensate Manual Daily A ses Safety Valves Tighten or check all bolts Monthly Check for Unusual Noise and Vibration inspect for Air Leaks Monthly AIR DRYER X 150 C Confirm that condensate is discharging from the auto atic drain valves 3 Check ADV timing See Automatic Drain Valve sec tion for ADV adjustment procedure 4 Check that the main electrical supply voltage matches the voltage specified on the dryer data plate 5 Check customer supplied circuit breakers or fus
10. FO INDICATES FAIL OPEN PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT 151 200 OPERATICNAL ORITICE l i oS q REDUCER P PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE E PNEUMATIC A A PIFOT TUBE OR ANNUBAR e ENERGIZED O SPECIAL INTEGRATE INTEGRATE i INTECPAYE INTEGRATE j 7 BAS DE ENERCIZED OR RESTRICTING RECORDER RECORDER RECORDER RECORDER o 4 PRESSURE SAFETY S SPEED SOLENOID SAFETY SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH i NN VALVE PSV a 0 START STOP 5 TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE i TPANSMITTER i TE IN WITH ID NO Si z NIT 3 LTW Y yt AD i RUPTURE DISK TURBINE OR PROPELLER ENABLE STOP y MULTIVARIABLE MULTIVARIABLE MULTI IAPLE 4 PRESSURE q tile ai a into FLOW SENSCR Yo VIBRAJICN VALVE 1 VALVE VALVE VALVE ax id HAND OFF AUTOMATIC Wo WEIGH a 8 fa VACUUM SAFETY OEN x POSITION l i Ki VALVE PSV ry al PUSH BUTTON users CHOICE de ee a z ee INLINE STRAINER MAGNETIC FLOW METER EERE 7 UNCLASSIFIED COMPUTER i VACUIM AND PRESSURE Ls SENSOR ELEMENT IZAN SAFETY VALVE FE oe EMENT CAR SEAL OPEN pH j ph aot A CAR SEAL CLOSED 4 E EE AD i E EENAA ESS EAS 3 N Vy 7 0 0 DRAWING NUMULE a OHM Remediatior sacs g DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND TA g x NG NUMULI F e q tion O ET ry OR TSS THE INFORMATION OR DATA CONTAINED HEREIN PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM Services Corp Pezen I DATE JAPP iS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY
11. Pump load must be selected so motor maximum nameplate ins amps are not exceeded under all running conditions 5 Franklin specified water temperature and flow past the motor must be maintained at speeds which load the motor up to maximum nameplate amps At reduced speeds and loading cooling flow must be adequate to maintain equivalent motor temperature 6 Franklin Subtrol protection systems are not usable on inverter driven installations because the non sinusolidal waveshape from the inverter prevents proper Subtrol operation The waveshape also reduces motor efficiency typically about two percentage points 7 To confirm whether an installation or system design is acceptable and warrantable full details should be submitted to Franklin on Form 2207 along with inverter specifications Send to Franklin Electric 400 E Spring Street Bluffton IN 46714 Attention Field Service Department Upon receipt and analysis of the data and installauon details supplied on Form No 2207 Franklin engineers will advise by letter if the installauon will be covered by Franklin s warranty Submersible Motors Inline Booster Systems Franklin submersible motors are acceptable for booster pump canned applications provided the following conditions are taken into consider ation in the system design 1 HORIZONTAL OPERATION Horizontal operation is acceptable as long as the pump transmits thrust to the motor and the entire assembly i
12. Check that T 220 tank level is maintained at the desired level Record all local pressure gauge readings around the pumps Record and check that the pressure around the cartridge filters and the differential pressure across the filters PDIT 220A are normal Record and check that the pressure around the carbon adsorbers PI 220E PI 220F PI 220G and the differential pressure across the adsorbers PDIT 220B are normal Visually check that treated water is flowing into the treated effluent holding tank T 240 The treated water will overflow by gravity to Wallace Creek Normal Shut Down Normal shut down will occur during operations due to various reasons such as to accommodate necessary repairs or to conduct maintenance of the system Normal shut down procedures will vary with the nature of the type and reason for shut down and can be divided into the following three cases The reader should also refer to the P amp ID drawings P 1 through P 6 1 3 4 1 Normal Shut Down Case 1 Maintain tanks half full If it is desired to maintain the tanks half full of water after shut down the procedure will be Switch all process pump and well pump switches to the OFF position to stop the pumps and water flow This can be done at the control panel or locally using the HOA switches Turn off the pumps in the reverse order to which they are started After all the well pumps and process pumps have stopped check that the chemical feed pumps causti
13. Permit Auchorized by Signature 4 0 PERFORMANCE SAMPLING AND MONITORING 4 1 INTRODUCTION Performance of the groundwater treatment system will be measured against the established effluent discharge criteria identified in the site Record of Decision and or the Base wide NPDES permit Both the effluent criteria for discharge to Wallace Creek and the aquifer cleanup goals are provided in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Effluent Treatment Criteria and Remediation Goals Effluent Discharge Limits Remedial Goal Groundwater Contaminant of Concern ug L ng L 1 2 Dichloroethane 113 000 Trans 1 2Dichloroethene l Teramo o e o i O E SSC CI AE a EE otes Reference Record of Decision CTO 0133 ug L microgram per liter Below level of quantification The Quality Assurance Project Plan QAPP for Soil and Groundwater at Operable Unit No 2 was submitted June 28 1994 At that time the sampling and analysis for this phase of the project was not defined This section provides the addendum to that plan for the monitoring wells recovery wells and groundwater treatment plant sampling and analysis Monthly sampling events are scheduled to measure performance of the treatment plant Quarterly and annual events will be conducted in conjunction with a monthly event and will Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual ICOM T6082 Table 4 2 Performance Sampling Summary Sample Type Influent Shallow Wells
14. y TO DWG P 3 L ABOVE GRADE BELOW GRADE NORFOLK VIRGINA DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC K 1 L PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM SHALLOW PHASE H GROUNDWATER RECOVERY WELLS DATE FORAWING NUMBER P SHEET NUMEE p LAT ZA us A A IE A A A AS ean chs Sat TEE ERA IA D 19 co PR ROR DE EEC EE o ES An Ae RDA E PLA IATA kon y TEES TEEN Ta BE TA Loro TER IS RETA Oe Oey TOS o What a IM a da t i ite OF as 1 4 11 96 E el t3 A B c J E F G H J x L M N 0 P 105 y KW Ie PL E EA a i P 211 P iM1 P 03 ae pala es A T 211 P 110A B P 120 T 110 P 025 amp P 0254 P As Bite ee atts 53 11 50 FELD YME DRW EXTRACTION PUMP DRW 2 EXTRACTION PUMP 50 HP NaOH STORAGE TANK AIR STRIPPER FEED PUMP JET MIXING PUMP GROUNDWATER STORACE TANK SUILDING DRAINAGE PUMP CONTAINMENT AFEA SUMP PUMP j 5S amp HY LO P gt 30 GPM a 200 FT TBH 40 GPM 200 FT TDH 2000 GALLONS 540 GPM 80 FT TOH 1280 gom ATM O 150 F 15 GPM 40 FT TDH 10 GPM 30 FT TDH O bU HP 50 HR 50 HP Sasi 150 HP 10 RP y HP 3 HP D W 1 DEEP MONITORING WELL iol poz 150 GPM 15 HE ON OFF AA ap Som E xI 5 GPH 10 PAG BELOW GRADE ABOVE GRADE BUILDING DRAINAGE WET WELL o e A 05 PE a 7 BELOW GRADE BELOW GRADE BELOW GRADE i BELOW GRADE 2 CAMLOCK 9 7 NOTES ES FOR TANKERS o ETS DES _ tf MP wy DRAIN po
15. 2 PURPOSE This procedure describes work practices that will reduce or eliminate slips trips and falls and thereby reduce or prevent the injuries associated with these types of accidents The intent is to prevent injuries and maintain an efficient and healthy workforce 3 REQUIREMENTS 3 1 Personnel shall keep the working area clean and orderly Tools must not be Os left lying on the floor or decking where they present tripping hazards during a job or after a job is completed 4 3 2 Small loose items such as disconnected joints of pipe wood chips other small objects and debris shall not be left lying around in any place particularly in areas where personnel walk 3 3 Walkways and grating shall be kept in good condition Openings in walkways shall be repaired immediately if possible If not immediately repaired the section must be roped off or closed until repairs can be made 3 4 Holes in gratings shall be covered or surrounded by an adequate guard rail 3 5 Oil spills and slippery spots shall be cleaned up immediately 3 6 Extra precautions must be taken when walking on steel decking or catwalks during wet weather R 3 7 Personnel shall not take dangerous shortcuts They shall avoid jumping from elevated places 3 8 Personnel must always position themselves properly when using tools aaa SLIP TRIP FALL PREVENTION 3 Procedure Number 34 Page 2 of 2 3 9 Personnel shall not walk or climb on piping valves fi
16. P 304 P 101 P 103 P 105 P 301 Section 7 Backwash water pump P 241 Section 1 Reuse water pump P 245 Section 6 GAC adsorber feed pumps P 220 A B Section 1 Filter press feed pump P 141 see secion on Filter Press Metal scavenger coagulant pump X 1324 to be purchased Appendix C Volume IV I Table of Contents I Major Equipment List and Contact List jii Equipment Manal Tanks Groundwater storage tank T 110 Section 1 Caustic storage tank T 121 Section 2 Sludge thickening tank T 140 Section 3 Head tank T 145 Section 4 ES Backwash water holding tank T 205 Section 5 Acid storage tank T 211 Section 6 Stripper effiuent holding tank T 220 refer to section on air stripper Treated effluent holding tank T 240 Section 5 Mix tank X 130 amp air diffusers Section 7 J Liquid Polymer Feed System X 132 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED OLER Appendix D VolumeV Mixer A 130 Control and Computer System Control Instrumentations Control Cabinet Panel amp Wiring Diagrams Metering manhole Parshall Flume amp Ultrasonic Flow Meter I Table of Contents I Major Equipment List and Contact List I a Manuals Miscellaneous and building equipment ENKMS SCN MOS Transformer Well Houses Roll Up Doors Room Air Conditioning Unit Bathroom Fixtures Water Heater Roof Fans and Exhaust Fans Building Gas Heaters Ventilation Louvers Roof Insulation Autodialer AA Miscellaneous Electr
17. sated type to maintain protection at high and low air temperatures AJ heaters and amp settings shown are based on total line amps When a six lead motor is used with a Wye Delta starter heaters carrying phase amps must be selected or adjusted based on motor amps divided by 1 732 The tables below list the correct selection and settings for several manufacturers Approval of other types may be requested by phoning the Franklin Electric Hotline at 800 348 2420 Refer To Notes On Page 17 Table 14 50 Heri 4 Motors Table 15 60 Hertz 6 Motors NN ow why N 41 K88 J72 3 K87 J71 an K74 J4 E K72 9 e 575 K74 e 15938 45 6 496 A z K77 J s 170181 56 7 616 set 575 4 1 K78 J45 L7878 67 0 72 8 PARGAR HR ne a K74 J4 L5938 45 6 6 A ze K77 J44 L7108 56 7 e 6 ss 4 i K78 J45 _ L787B 67 0 72 8 Sa EAE a KOO 9506 ET E ve 575 K87 J73_ L142C 108 118 EE OFER aE IE NEE Keb 910A Q ii ee 575 K28 J14 L1008 163 177 la la K31 1118 184 200 a K34 o L165B 283 386 575 K32 J17 L135B 211 229 Notice Warranty on three phase submersible motors is void unless Subtrol or proper quick trip ambient compensated protection is used in all three motor lines Application Three Phase Motors 17 Fat Jverload Protection Of Three Some approved types may only be avaiable fr par of the listed motor raings When relays are used with current
18. CAN FLOODING An air bleeder valve must be employed on the booster can so total flooding may be accomplished prior to booster start up IMPORTANT NOTES 1 HIGH PRESSURE TEST Motors intended for booster applications where the pressure exceeds 500 P S I must be special ordered from the factory 2 STARTING Reduced voitage starting may be employed This will reduce upthrust on start starting current and mechanical stresses created by the motor s high starting torque Reduced voltage starters if used should accelerate the motor to full speed within two seconds NOTE Solid state reduced voltage starters are not compatible with Subtrol Plus 3 DOCUMENTATION Form 2208 Submersible Booster Installanon Record must be compieted for ail Franklin submersible motor applied with inline booster pumps Send to Franklin Electric 400 E Spring Street Bluffton IN 46714 Am Field Service Dept Upon receipt and anilysis of the data and installauon details supplied on Form No 2207 Franklin engineers well advise by tener if the insullanon will be covered by Franklin s warranty FILTER PRESS X 140 NETZSCH Filtration Systems SECTION Ill TROUBLESHOOTING AND MAINTENANCE ChapterIX Process Troubleshooting Chapter X Filter Press Troubleshooting Chapter XI General Maintenance Netzsch 630LP Filter Press Chapter IX METZSCH Filtration Systems PROCESS TROUBLESHOOTING The following is a list of common operational p
19. Green 1 2 6 Baseline Readings Additional baseline measurements will be noted and recorded for several items if needed some of which have been completed during the initial startup in Spring 1996 Baseline measurements will be used to measure cause and effect to determine the operating status and to evaluate progress The primary items of interest include e Static water table elevations from selected extraction wells permanent and temporary monitor wells in the remediation area see OHM Aquifer Test Plan 1 96 e Water quality and contaminant levels of site extraction wells and monitor wells in the remediation area Aquifer Test Plan e All baseline measurements identified in the Aquifer Test Plan which will determine initial groundwater pumping rates to the plant and predict cone of influence e Pressure and flow readings on all local gauges in the well houses pumps and treatment equipment and process piping A startup logbook will be kept by the Site Supervisor or Equipment Specialist to record instrument readings steps taken for repairs or corrective action and other pertinent startup information Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 26 OHM 7 16032 1 3 GROUNDWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM STARTUP 1 3 1 Introduction and Purpose The Camp Lejeune groundwater treatment plant treats the groundwater from two sources the shallow aquifer and the deep aquifer A well pump is installed in each well to extract and send the contaminated water to
20. If the supply power has been turned off for more than four hours supply power to the dryer warm up the crankcase heater if applicable for 4 hours 10 before starting the dryer to vaporize any accumulated liq uid refrigerant from the compressor oil SHUTDOWN When the dryer must be shut down for maintenance or other reasons use the following procedures If electrical repairs must be made 1 Turn off the power switch 2 Disconnect the main power supply 3 Lock out and tag the power supply in accordance with OSHA requirements DANGER Portions of the control circuit remain energized when the power switch is in the OFF position Disconnect supply power to the dryer before performing maintenance on the electrical sys tem If mechanical repairs must be made vent the internal pres sure of the dryer to atmospheric pressure Restart the dryer according to the start up instructions MAINTENANCE DXR Series dryers require little maintenance for satisfac tory operation Good performance can be expected if the following routine maintenance steps are taken DANGER Dismantling or working on any component of the compressed air system under pressure may cause equipment failure and serious personal injury Before dismantling any part of the dryer or compressed air system completely vent the internal pressure to the atmosphere General For continued good performance of your refrigerated dryer all r
21. PI 100 PI 102 PI 104 Level transmitter Stripper effluent holding tank level Level transmitter Treated effluent holding tank level Level switch Containment area sump T 115 high level Level switch Groundwater storage tank high high level l Level switch Backwash water holding tank low level Level switch Containment area sump T 115 level Level switch Stripper tank T 220 level low Pressure valve Compressed air outlet pressure regulator Pressure transmitter Cartridge filter differential pressure Pressure transmitter GAC adsorber differential pressure Pressure indicator SRW 1 well water discharge pressure Pressure indicator SRW 2 well water discharge pressure A Sana S A wn wn un tt un o IN o U Pressure indicator SRW 3 well water discharge pressure SRW 4 well water discharge pressure aos ______ Tablei24 cont SRW 5 well water discharge pressure PI 110 PI 110A Air stripper feed pump P 110A discharge pressure PI 220B Pressure indicator Feed pump P 220B discharge pressure Pressure indicator PI 220C Cartridge filter inlet pressure PI 220D Cartridge filter outlet pressure PSV 220B TI 110 ses abe 1 2 4 cont WE 131 TABLE 1 2 5 1 of 5 clvalvel lis PROCESS VALVE LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System OHM Project 16032 DWG No P 3 Shallow Groundwater Recovery Iron Removal
22. The partially treated and clarified water is then pumped to the groundwater storage tank T 110 by means of the supernatant transfer pump P 145 Sludge collected at the clarifier bottom is blown down intermittently to a sludge thickening tank T 140 and further thickened by gravity separation Solids from the sludge thickening tank is pumped intermittently to a filter press X 140 for dewatering The sludge cake is placed in a bulk container to be shipped to an appropriate off site disposal facility 1 1 2 Deep Groundwater Influent Flow Groundwater from the deep aquifer wells is pumped directly to the groundwater storage tank T 110 where it is combined with the clarified water from the shallow wells In T 110 the water is equalized and the pH is adjusted with the addition of sulfuric acid The water is then pumped via P 110A B to the air stripper C 200 Camp Lejeune O M Manual 1 1 OHM 16032 TABLE 1 1 chiostrl Hit MAJOR EQUIPMENT LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System OHM Project 16032 Air stripping column F 220A B C Cartridge filter T 240 Treated effluent holding tank X C 200 T 220 Stripper effluent holding tank P 025 Building drainage pump wet well A 130 Mixer P 025A Building drainage pump wet well X 131 Inclined plate clarifier J oO N O u gt gt P 110B Air stripper feed pump back up X 132A Sludge blowdown pump X 150F gz t _
23. and other process information This document provides a description of the instrumentation and controls I amp C for each part of the system and includes the measured variable and by what instrument it is measured the logic needed by the Programmable Logic Controller PLC software to interpret the measured variables the control actions and responses The reader should refer to the P amp ID drawings P 1 through P 6 for the system arrangement piping instrumentation interlock logic and valve numberings 1 4 2 Instrumentation and Control System The basis of the Instrumentation and Control System I amp C is a Programmable Logic Controller PLC located in a central control station Simple feedback pH control and Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 44 OHM 16032 cascade shut down of process operations based on tank levels are the main control features The PLC maintains the treatment process at a steady state and compensates for step changes that may be introduced to the system The PLC station is not continually manned and capable of connection via telephone modem to a remote monitoring location The PLC uses password entry codes for different levels of access There is an operator level password a supervisor level password and a programmer level password Changes in PLC programming can only be made by trained programmers All functions and equipment are designed to fail in a safe position Manual restart of the entire system is required afte
24. conditions this pump will be shut off Sludge can be recycled to the first chamber of the Reaction Tank X 130 to concentrate suspended solids in the clarifier during startup The sludge level in X 131 will be measured by a bubble type level indicating transmitter LIT 131 NOTE The sludge bubbler gives a rough idea of sludge level and is not an accurate level measuring device LIT 131 will transmit the sludge level measurement to the PLC monitor A three way valve SV 143 can be manually adjusted to divert sludge from Sludge Pump P 143 to the Sludge Thickener T 140 or back to Mix Tank X 130 Instrumentation and Controls The Clarifier operation is not affected by low level therefore low level control is not provided The height of the Clarifier will be above the head tank T 145 and the clarifier overflow water drains by gravity to the head tank therefore no other level control will be provided A pressure regulator ball valve and automatic surge valve are used to control the flow rate of the Sludge Pump P 143 A manually adjusted three way valve SV 143 is located in the sludge recycle line In one position the valve allows for the clarifier underflow to be recycled to X 130 In the other position sludge will be pumped to the sludge thickener tank T 140 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 55 OHM 16032 1 4 4 3 Sludge Thickener Equipment The sludge Thickener Item T 140 is a vertical cylindrical HDPE tank that is 4 feet in diameter a
25. e Another cause for the GAC filter to malfunction is the carbon bed has been exhausted such that there is no change in the water quality between the influent and effluent water Under this case the carbon will need to be replaced Follow the manufacturer s manual on carbon replacement Caution If compressed air is used to draw or fill the carbon the GAC filter pressure needs to be carefully monitored such that the GAC filter will not become overpressurized Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 68 OHM 16032 Before replacing the carbon the water treatment system need to be shut down Follow the normal shut down procedures provided in Section 1 3 of this document e Tf the GAC filter breaks or a water line or valve breaks around the GAC filter isolate the filter by closing the incoming water feed valves 220V 20 220V 21 and 220V 22 Proceed to shut off the GAC feed pumps P 220 A B The upstream equipment will shut down automatically upon high tank levels or the operator may choose to shut down the system manually 1 5 1 5 Cartridge Filter Malfunction e The most common cause for the cartridge filter to fail is due to high differential pressure across the filter There are three filters installed in parallel only two are required during normal operations The cartridge filter can be replaced by switching the water flow to the standby filter and isolate the plugged filter by closing the inlet and outlet valves Then open the filter top cover
26. interlock logic and valve numberings 1 Prior to starting the water pumps the operator should make sure the oil level in each pump is sufficient Before any pump is turned on the seal water to the mechanical seal packing must be turned on Therefore the seal water pump P 245 must be turned on first 2 Next startup the shallow aquifer pumps and pre treatment system Prior to starting the well pumps the pump discharge line must be lined out i e all shut off valves must be open all the way to the mix tank X 130 3 To properly precipitate the metals in the shallow groundwater caustic polymer solution metal scavenger and compressed air have to be turned on and introduced into the mix tank X 130 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 27 OHM 16032 10 The flocculated water leaves the mix tank and overflows into the clarifier Sludge settles to the bottom of the clarifier and clarified water overflows to the head tank T 145 After a sufficient amount water level above the T 145 low level set point of water has accumulated in the head tank turn on the supernatant transfer pump P 145 and transfer the pre treated shallow groundwater to the storage tank T 110 NOTE Due to the small capacity of the Head Tank T 145 the inflow and outflow from T 145 should be balanced by throttling the pump discharge valve 145V 03 The operator should try to maintain the water level in T 145 to preferable half full Gradually throttle valve 145V 03 and
27. 220 has been preset Note FCV 220 will open or close to maintain the preset tank level Close butterfly valve 220V 12 on 6 FCV bypass Close off butterfly valves 220V 15 and 220V 18 to cartridge filter F 220A standby and open valves 220V 13 220V 14 220V 16 and 220V 17 to allow flow to two cartridge filters Open butterfly valves 220V 20 220V 21 220V 22 Flow to GAC adsorbers Close butterfly GAC bypass valve 220V 19 Close butterfly valves 220V 23 220V 24 and all drain valves and sample ports on the GAC vessel Open butterfly valves 220V 30 and 220V 31 the normal flow to carbon adsorbers is from the top downward across the carbon bed Close butterfly valves 220V 26 220V 27 220V 28 220V 29 220V 32 220V 33 220V 35 220V 37 220V 34 and 220V 38 1 3 3 8 To begin the flow from T 110 to air stripper cartridge filters and carbon adsorbers Check that water level in tank T 110 remains above jet mixing header Jet mixer should be running water level height can be visualized outside of tank Switch HOA switch on pump P 110A to AUTO position and start pump Check that T 110 tank level is maintained at the desired level Allow 1 to 2 minutes time elapse for P 110A outlet water to reach the air stripping tank T 220 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 33 OHM 16032 1 3 4 As T 220 air stripper sump fills to approximately one half full turn HOA switch on pump P 220A to AUTO position and start pump
28. 220A and HS 220B that control the pump operation P 220A is the primary pump and P 220B serves as an installed spare to be used during maintenance or repair of P 220A The groundwater is fed from these pumps to the Liquid GAC Adsorption System X 220A B This flow is controlled by flow control valve FCV 220 A continuous recycle at steady state conditions is provided for these pumps The recycle flows back to T 220 The actual recycle rate will be determined by measuring the difference between influent flow rates from the extraction wells and the design pumping rate of 540 gpm for P 220A B 1 4 6 2 Air Stripper System Instrumentation and Control C 200 is a static piece of process equipment that requires only monitoring of the air pressure in the column Air pressure is measured in the duct connecting the fan outlet to the Air Stripper column Hand Indicator Switch HIS 200D allows K 200 to be started stopped or reset from the treatment system PLC while Position Indicator XI 200 is an interface signal that informs the treatment system PLC of the on off status of K 200 The treatment system PLC also provides digital input signals to the air stripper control system from interlocks I 220 and I 221 I 220 shuts down K 200 after a 15 minute shut down of GAC Feed Pumps P 220A B based on low low level in T 220 1 221 shuts down K 200 5 minutes after shut down of P 110A B based on high level in tank T 220 I 222 stops K 200 immediately when high high level is
29. 27 PSIG PEN ue le MA PARE wo TAN 50 Gbtl ue 1G Full ae O E i GPM as x 0 10 GPM 0O 0 GPM 1000 ALLONS 1 HP C 3550 RPM 6 FT 1 2 RECESS PLATES Js APEP ATED DOULLE DIAPHE 24 ng tod A VARIABLE SPEEL DRIVE 050 HP AN x am o LN x BACKWA H WATER FROM N Pp A RILFER ZRESS FEEC PIUME X Z224 X 132 Bates ERE ATA TELERS 1 1 ime M oe METAL SEAVINCER LIQUID POLIMER TET SYON A ERIE a gue e 9 Xel o AR OPERATED SOUGLE CisHRAGI METERING PUMP MEE LIQUID CLENDEF 30 GEM Q u E fs NET nn P Pos Py se 4 i eat PA T eed u u LT Z MAT es oe ue SMC 02900 SPEC 15201 gt 0 2 GP ET dd BELOW Geant SELOW GRADE oi oW GRADE ABOVE GRADE bof PA MRM SRW e y 11807 990 3 Gw CALIEIRATION s Dd AND 6 n COLUMN y DWG Posa URANO OPAIN A 0 1 LOTES E H S0 FROM oe ASOVE GRAN BUMP P 212 N f en TOS Flo re T 7 OV C1 a 100 HOOK ico 402 oo 102 4104 eS Aca 106 J gt a x E ES SS Mas A mee re F N N SATT DIET oie l3 Aha ae Q a i oe f E LES FE PDA ae ae al vz N sA Pi Proa noc a f BLL DRAINAGE x POA ra 100 b e ID y En A WET MELL TENGA A y at se Pe GT ey i DPAN Bo ORAIN BC DPAIN pe o C D i z S POLYVER FEED ERU a te 440 GRACE HOA ABOVE GRALE PAN J VE GRADE E JLATION e O SI N A Nie fe eea A e A ET Hs t TIETEEN AR ABOVE gt ye a OO Hs da ieee pte eo sl 100 102 N ROOF iS RASO 132 243 _ ae JEE e Se ae Saar 4A AS v b T ry Un Sie Via i y
30. AND THE P 2 we T F Te A 7 E Y E i SE i 4 NT ca DNS gt Norcross Georga CADO FILE _P20W6G 0 ISSUE FOR COMMENi 8 4 PRO ERT OF OHM REMEDIATION SERVICE CORP ATLANTIC DIVISION E e a des OHM AND SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSED TO e z Me ediles ala ora mon DRAWN Y_ANGE J COLLINS 1 OHM 9 29 94 OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER OR SHES EEE SUBMITTEO DATE l WS 2 BM USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT NAVAL STATION NORFOLK VIRGINA PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNED E MATTHEWS 3 on BY PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OHM COPYRIGHT PIPIN gt AND aor APPROVED ATE ecke a OHM REMEDIATION SERVICES CORP 1994 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT NG2470 93 D 3032 DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 N i S QT ENCINEER nar A i Y T 1 i AS NI t DATE i J APPROVED e CATE CHECKED E OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC MECHANICAL SYMBOLS Sfp i C l 2 c F K L M N o gt gt ice ep I Es A x 131 Pelee ro 1 aero aes P IZ A e Tt 130 T 140 Xx 140 z EN INCLINED PLATE CLAPIFIER SLUUSE BLOWLOWN PUMF aro TANS 59 NADH CELD PUMP RAY ret st PUP SRW ese PUR SEW 3 ExT N JME NoOH STOCU ACT TAN PLOLE ULATION MIXER SLUDCL THICKENING TANK PLATE AND FRAMF FILTER PRESS gt 3 CPM wy
31. COMPANY S39 SOUTH MAIN STREET THONYNS FIHDLAY OH GASOLINE PREMIUM UNLEADED PREMIUM UNLEADED 45340 GASOLINE SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE SUPER EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS LEAD FREZ GASOLIME 419 422 2121 MARATHON 300 424 9300 CCHEMTRECI CHEMICAL FAMILY PETROLEUM HYDROCAR3ON CAS HO MIXTURE CHEMICAL FORMULA MIXTURE PRODUCT CODE SECTION 2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES BOILING ony i MELTING POINT SPECIFIC GRAVITY CH2S 1 90 437 N A Fo 2 71 9 77 i SOLUBILITY IN RATER VAPOR DENSITYCAIR 1 VAPOR PRESSURE NEGLIGIBLE 3 4 414 776 MM HG 2 1095 PH INFORMATION PH N A AT CONC APPEARANCE RED OR CLEAR LIQUID ODOR GASOLINE ODOR A SECTION 3 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA gt FLASH POINT AUTOIGHUITION TEMP EXPLOSIVE LIMITS BY VOLUME IN AIR 58 F G A 495 F LONER UPPER 1 4 7 4 NFPA CLASSIFICATION HEALTH 2 FIRE 4 REACTIVITY 1 OTHER EXTINGUISHIHG MEDIA CLASS B FIRE EXTINGUISHING MEDIA SUCH AS HALON CO2 OR DRY CHEMICAL CAN BE USED FIRE FIGHTING SHOULD BE ATTEMPTED ONLY 37 THOSE WHO ARE ADEQUATELY TRAINED SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS FLASHBACK MAY OCCUR ALONG VAPOR TRAIL AVOID USE OF SOLID WATER STREAMS MATER MAY BE INEFFECTIVE IN EXTINGUISHING LOW FLASH POINT FIRES BUT CAN BE USED Ta COOL EXPOSED SURFACES AVOID EXCESSIVE WATER SPRAY APPLICATION il 1 Ms See Y FA mararrmon unos Oi Company MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEZT PAGE 2 OF PRODUCT MAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE l tAR
32. DESIGNED Y CORDARO _ BY PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OHM COPYRIGHT PLANT E saat APPROVED DATE ENS OHM REMEDIATION SERVICES CORP 1994 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT N62470 93 D 3032 DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 SR PROJECT ENGINEER CHE MIMI i DATE i 14 4 Y JAP RROYER SERT AAKER DATE CHECKED OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC SERVICE SYSTEMS 3 27 95 A 8 C i D J N o P P A e D E F 6 H y K E e E ae E Pees Za x j f DA 4k 200 hh X 2204 1 T 205 P 205 P 2204 B T 240 220A B C MEES re i Sens CAC ASORBERS BACKWASH WATER HOLDING TANK SPENT PALI WH SH GAC ADSORBER FEED PUMPS TREATED EFLUENT HOLDING TANK CARTRIOGE FILTERS SAL aU a Lule ey a 75 PSIL 2 150F AIM 150F WATER PLMP 540 GPM 100 0 TDH AIM 150 F tou eee E Me eg r er ee f 5 GPM a 30F1 TDH 20 HP 1O MICRON oe i HP a gt 412154018 TOW ty K 20 T 2200 P 241 e o O AIR STRIPPING COLUMN FAN STRIPPER ESFLUENT HOLDING TANK E CkWASH WATER PUMP jo e APPROX ACM 4 WC 8 0 DIA x 5 0 HEIGHT 20 GPM 9 SOFT 4 E e 5 EP ATM 150 F DUCTILE IRON 316SS 4 Pra e FRP 75 HP Y ty gt TT 4 1 nn 1 ABE 4 GRAVITY 41315401 TCW TREAT FAL LENTO ON 3 ee z Ll REA 7 i LAA St A h a 9 INDOORS CUTDOORS BELOW GRADE j i i 079 i N
33. EY PRIOR WFITTEN CONSENT OF CHM COPYRICHTP PEE ema eA lt A A A GOR y 1 YNT Ar Mo PIPA TJELE Haa e n3 f a 2 CHM Z le N i PUD sts E eee Pree eee E a EN 1 2 1 29 33 AMBITE O OHM REMC ON SERVICES Caer 4094 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT NG2 470 93 D 3082 DELIVLEY ORDER NO 0015 Si TAL 0 A GROU x 1411 th R Es NA 4 Para rN TE ee ve CHECKED __ pe 4 Lt GG Nie TRON REMOV AE roca ae OTE 5 CMECHED E Kw lasers OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC ae hi a ai eA AN PA IAS a pE n El Merece E A PR FEINA Tn a m D a gt E r ones ri EEE a n _ o ra gt AS ALE OSE SAT CUE TE PIERDE PEN RITE ALT ASA gt TARIMA 7 i E D 5 Pb Sher Le Agel 3 nM ive 25 9 G H J K Y A i A sJ y on A 8 A THIS CONSTRUCTION DRAWING WAS BASED ON THE DESICN DEVELOPED 3 THE ARCHITECT ENGINEEP OF RLCORPD BAKER ENGINECRS INC NO WARRANTY S EXPSESSED ue SHOULD bE IMPLIED FROM DRAWING OHM Remediation Services Corp Norcross Georgia A Subsidiary of OIM Corporation THS SUBMITTED mi ri DATE FROSLCT MahCER APPROVED SR PROJECT CN ctr APPROVED E DEPT MANAGE Re R AT FULL SCALE IF NOT OI EFA C ACPOPAINCIYN CADD FI L E LEJEUREN 1BO32 RECORDA PSA DIG 2 DRAWN Y LANGE coums i DESIGNED Y_CORDAFO CHECKED CHECKED c f 2 ENS SS a PSs lt ISSUE 07 DESIGN MODIFICATIONS ISSUE FOR REVIEW amp APPPOVAL BAKER LAN
34. HO Il4MAROOI S eee SECTION 6 SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION lt CIH TI RESPIRATORY PROTECTION APPROVED ORGANIC VAPOR CHEMICAL CARTRIDGE OR SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATORS SHOULD BE WORN FOR EXPOSURES EXCEEDING THE TLY_ OR STEL OBSERVE RESPIRATOR PROTECTION FACTOR CRITERIA CITED IN ANSI 233 2 1980 SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS SHOULD BE USED FOR FIRE FIGHTING PROTECTIVE GLOVES NEOPRENE HITRILE VITCH OR PYA GLOVES FOR REPSATED OR PROLONGED SKIN EXPOSURE OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT USE EXPLOSIOH PROOF EQUIPMENT SECTION 7 SPILL GR LEAK PROCEDURES ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS LIQUID CAM BE TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFES STEPS TO BE TAKEX IH CASE OF SPILL LEAK OR RELEASE KEEP PUBLIC AWAY SHUT OFF SOURCE OF LEAK IF POSSI3L TO 00 SO A WITHOUT HAZARD ELIMINATE ALL IGNITION SOURCES ADVISE NATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER 300 424 8302 IF PRODUCT HAS EMTERED A WATER COURSE ADVISE LOCAL AND STATE EMERGENCY SERVICES AGENCIES IF APPROPRIATE CINTAIN LIQUID WITH SAND OR SOIL RECOVER AND RETURN FREE LIQUID TO SOURCE USE SUITABLE SORSENTS TO CLEAN UP RESIDUAL LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD DISPOSE OF CLEANUP MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS PRODUCT SHOULD 3E HANDLED AND STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY ACCEPTED PRACTICES IM THE ASSENCE OF SPECIFIC LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS NFPA OR USHA REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED USE APPROPRIATE GROUNDING AND BONDING PRACTI
35. NAVY NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND loro ING NUMEL a i A A _ A 4 m 4 T 1 3 r HE OM Remediation A PULL SCALE oe o THE INFORUAIION OR DATA CONTAINED HEREIN PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM a i Services Corp ar HOT 2 scat ancora ZONE REV ISC PIETON BY JDATE APP IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY AND THE AONT P 5 h E 2 gt ANT f 1 1 NeteronaGearela p CADD FILE ttuna atcernp s ou SUE tor bLAIGN MOLIFICATIONS 6 27 PROPERTY OF OHM REMEDIATION SERVICE CORP ATLANTIC DIVISION OHM AND SHAL_ NOT BE DISCLOSED TO 7 bi 3 4 A Subsidiary of OFM Corparation prawn Y LANGE REVISED PL TIO DATED 7 5 91 BM 17 5 OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY WANNER OR SHELI NUMBER i n Fad P mn l SUBMITTED DATE pa 2 S3UC FOr TVILW amp APPROVAL 9 29 9 USED_FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT NAVAL STATION NORFOLK VIRGINA z TAR e Or SUEN n e DESIGNED Y CORDARO Br PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OHM COPYRIGHT AY OC R ATO a AL dts Soe j APPROVED UATE CARED ONTEM PEVIEW COMMENTS Bm 3 27 98 OHM REMEDIATION SERVICES CURP 1994 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT N62470 93 D 3032 DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 En PRGUCCT ENCON uo CHECKED ran es BM li fait SYSTEM DATE i h r DAT A a STINT KW HE Sl DT t APPROVED lt a D E ENT 5_ Peviech po L LECIP AL ENG TAE S OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC i SSE E as ERN A A x c D 6 RECUKL DRAWING KM 9 25 98 6 H l J
36. O EN 17 O CJ L O O LJ CJ c CJ ES LJ E CJ O LI TABLE 1 2 1 PRE STARTUP CHECK LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System HASP amended if needed to accommodate start up tasks Site personnel briefed on start up procedures Tanks piping amp valves inspected for mechanical completion Check all piping connections and seals Verbal notification to ROICC and RPM as appropriate Health and Safety action items in Section 2 3 implemented Electrical sub to verify all electrical supply connections Main power distribution on Ensure all HOA switches for motors are on OFF position Pressure test of chemical feed lines completed Check balance and lubrication of motors blowers as appropriate Building ventilation and lighting functional Equipment identified labeled Process valves identified labeled Visually inspect intervals of all vessels remove foreign objects Temporary eyewash station and shower installed Polymer mix station X 132 calibrated Tank 121 Charged with 50 NaOH Tank 211 charged with 93 H SO pH meter calibrated using standards for X 130 Jar test performed to determine starting polymer concentration All sample ports and drains in closed position Verify tags on pressure relief valves Open cartridge filter housings and install cartridges secure housing Check and record base line flow meter readings Check and record locally mounted pressure indicators for baseline readings Obta
37. Parshall Flume flow meter is installed in the effluent line to measure the quantity of water flowing to Wallace Creek This flow meter is located outside the building while the meter recorder is installed in the control room Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 28 OHM 16032 1 3 3 Initial Startup The primary sequence of steps for the initial startup is as follows 1 3 3 1 Motor Rotation Ensure that all Hand Off Auto switches HOA for all pump motors are in the off position Turn the HOA switch for all of the following pumps P 145 P 110A P 110B P 120 P 205 P 220A P 220B P 241 and P 245 to the HAND position for approximately 5 seconds Check that the rotation of the motor is in the proper direction If rotating is in reverse turn off all power and switch any two incoming power leads to the motor 1 3 3 2 Turn On Pump Seal Water Open ball valves 245V 01 245V 01A 245V 03 245V 04 245V 05 and 245V 05A for seal water flow to the seal water stations located in the west wall and the north wall Line out i e open all the valves inlet to the seal water stations and outlet from the stations to the individual pumps Close ball valve 245V 06 by pass Check connections of seal water lines to all pumps Check that the water level in tank T 240 is above the low level as indicated by LIT 240 before the seal water pump can start water level in T 240 should normally be at the weir level as the water overflows but during in
38. TERT Diesel fuei oil No 2 D 1989 OSHA PEL 1990 91 ACGIH TLV 1988 NIOSH REL 1985 86 Toxicity Data None established Mineral Oil Mist None established Rar oral LD 9 g kg produces gastrointestinal hyperreodility diarrt TWA 5 mg m effec s STEL 10 mg m Diesel fuel No 2 D tends to be low in aromatics and high in paraffinics This fuel oil is complex mixture of 1 gt 95 paraffinic olefinic naphthenic and aromatic hydrocarbons 2 sulfur lt 0 5 and 3 benzene lt 100 ppm A low benzene level reduces carcinogenic risk Fuel oils can be exempted under the benzene standard 29 CFR 1910 1028 Although low in the fuel itseif benzene concentrations are likely to be much higher in eee areas T As sampled by noavapor coillecting method Monitor NIOSH RTECS 21800000 for fumire toxicity data Boiling Point Range 340 to 67 171 mo 353 Specific Gravity lt 0 86 Viscosity 1 9 to 4 1 centistoke at 104 F 40 C Water Solubility Insoluble Appearance and Odor Brown slightly viscous liquid Flash Point 125 F 52 C min paa Temperature gt 500 F 932 O LEL 0 6 viv UEL 7 5 viv Extinguishing Media Use dry chemical carbon dioxide or foam to fight fire Use a water spray to cool fire exposed containers Do not use a forced water spray directly on burning oil since this will scatter the fire Use a smothering technique for extinguishing fire Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards Diesel fuel oil No 2
39. WASTE TREATMENT ADDITIVE COMPANY ADDRESS on Betz Water Management Group Division Betz Laboratories Inc 200 Witmer Road Horsham PA 19044 Information phone number 215 773 6131 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE HEALTH ACCIDENT 800 877 1940 USA 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS information for specific product ingredients as required by the U S OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD is listed Refer to additional sections of this MSDS for our assessment of the potential hazards of this formulation HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CAS CHEMICAL NAME NOT ASSIGNED PCLYMERIC DITHIOCARBAMATE Potential irritant No component is considered to be a carcinogen by the National Toxicology Program the International Agency for Research on Cancer or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration at OSHA thresholds for carcinogens PAGE 1 CONTINUED PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 an 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION ELEARRACANA RARA RARA RA EEE EREKERHREAKERNREARARERAAEEUNENREWAARRAARTRARES EEEKRH EMERGENCY OVERVIEW WARNING May cause moderate irritation to the skin Severe irritant to the eyes Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract DOT hazard is not applicable Emergency Response Guide is not applicable Odor Strong Appearance Orange Liquid Fire fighters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing apparatus full face piece type Proper fire extinguishing media d
40. a particular appliance should be grounded 4 4 Grounding of receptacles shall be accomplished in one of two ways e A built in ground wire of green color may be attached to the ground pole of the receptacle e The conduit system if installed in an approved manner may be relied upon for grounding of a receptacle serving phase appliances with ratings up to 230 volts 45 At outside locations all single phase 15 and 20 ampere receptacle outlets operating at 230 volts or less which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure must have GFCI for personnel protection The GFCI should be located at the power source so that all extension cords and tools are protected by the GFCL The outlet box for portable extension cords for outdoor use shall be of om weatherproof type maintained in good condition Procedure Number 38 Page 3 of 5 5 1 Suitable access and working space shall be provided and maintained about all electric equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment 192 The dimension of the working space is the direction of access to energized parts in switchboards control panels fused switches circuit breakers panel boards motor controllers and similar equipment which require examination adjustment servicing or maintenance while energized shall not be less that 36 im depth 30 for installations built prior to 1981 and the side being 30 or the width of the equ
41. air to operate the diaphragm pump P 143 Sludge should now be pumped to X 130 Visually check that sludge is flowing to X 130 To shut down pump P 143 Close ball valve 150V 22 to stop the flow of compressed air to the pump This will stop the pump operation Close the plug valves 143V 03 and 143V 04 if needed to isolate the line 1 3 6 4 Backwash GAC Carbon Adsorber When the pressure drop across the carbon adsorber as measured by PDIT 220B is high the carbon bed needs to be backwashed to remove entrained particles Generally when the bed differential pressure is 5 to 10 psi higher than the initial pressure it is an indication that a backwash cycle is needed The startup procedure for the GAC backwash is as follows Stop GAC feed pumps P 220 A B The rest of the water treatment system will cascade to shut down on high tank levels Close GAC water feed valves 220V 20 220V 21 and 220V 22 The GAC bypass valve 220V 19 should be closed Close the treated water effluent valve 220V 30 and 220V 31 Open the backwash water inlet valve 220V 28 and 220V 29 to allow backwash flow from bottom of GAC bed upwards Open the backwash water outlet valve 220V 23 and 220V 24 The backwash flow is upwards across the carbon bed The spent backwash water will now be directed to the backwash water holding tank T 205 Note The above procedure involves backwashing the two carbon beds in parallel To obtain a better backwash using a higher water flow ba
42. and replace with a new filter per the instructions provided in the manufacturer s manual e Ifa cartridge filter breaks or a water line or valve breaks around the filter isolate the filter by closing the appropriate incoming water feed valve 220V 13 220V 14 or 220V 15 and shut off the appropriate outlet valve 220V 16 220V 17 or 220V 18 e If the entire bank of filters need to be shut off close all the inlet and outlet valves plus the valve on the main feed line 220V 11 Proceed to shut off the GAC feed pumps P 220 A B The upstream equipment will shut down automatically upon high tank levels or the operator may choose to shut down the system manually 1 5 1 6 Automatic Flow Control Valve Malfunction e If the automatic flow control valve FCV 110 or FCV 220 fails the operator can manually control the flow by using the bypass valve 110V 09 or 220V 12 Throttle the bypass valve slowly until the desired flow is obtained as indicated by the flow transmitter FIT 110 or FIT 220 e Ifthe operator desire to shut down the system follow the normal shut down procedures presented in Section 1 3 1 5 1 7 Caustic Tank Failure e Ifa leak develops in the caustic tank T 121 the system needs to be shut down Follow the normal shut down procedures provided in Section 1 3 e The caustic will be contained within the containment walls Call for expert help immediately on how to handle the leaked caustic Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 69 OHM 16032
43. by a high temperature grease Mineral oil greases should have oxidation stabilizers and a consistency of NLGI 3 he NOTE If it is necessary to change grease type _ or consistency the bearings T be removed and the old grease removed gt ee 29 MAINTENANCE OF SHAFT SEALS 6 MECHANICAL SEALS Starting from the innermost ring the packing is When mechanical seals are furnished a usually arranged as two packing rings lantern ring y SED y three packing rings followed by the split gland manufacturer s reference drawing is supplied with the A ESS toe data package This drawing should be kept for future Fig 14 Insert single packing rings by twisting as hen performing maintenance and adjusting the shown in Fig 6 Press each ring to ensure proper use when performing main ana aajustng compression in the stuffing box Stagger joints 90 seal The seal drawing will also specify required flush liquid and attachment points The seal and all flush eter to Fig 19 198 piping must be checked and installed as needed prior Lightly and evenly tighten the gland Excessive to starting the pump tightening will result in premature failure of the packing and shaft sleeve After packing it must be possible to rotate shaft by hand Final adjustment of packing gland is made after pump is started The life of a mechanical seal depends on various factors such as cleanliness of the liquid handled and its lubricating prop
44. familiar with the owners manual and any applicable safety requirements for any and all equipment they monitor or operate 2 3 TROUBLESHOOTING For troubleshooting the system first refer to sections 1 4 and 1 5 for information on normal operating controls emergency operations interlock tables and the instrumentation and controls These sections should help to provide operating or shut down procedures and may even help to identify and locate the system malfunction s If the problem is an equipment malfunction the specific equipment manual should be referenced All equipment manuals are located in Appendices II III IV and V Each manual has a section on troubleshooting and repairs and a copy of the selected troubleshooting guide is given in Section 2 7 All proper lockout tagout and applicable safety precautions should be followed during troubleshooting Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 2 1 OHM 16032 TABLE 2 1 DAILY MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION CHECK LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System Equipment Work to be Performed Required Description Lubricant or Tools Air dryer Check operation of drain None valve every 8 hour shift Air compressor Check distance piece None pressure gauge Air compressor Check oil level fill if needed Compressor oil Air compressor Check and drain condensate Siemans Motors Inspect and clean Cleaning materials for Goulds pump Filter Press Inspect and clean dirt and Cleaning materials sludge fr
45. for disposal If a neutralizing agent is not available absorb spilled sulfuric acid with vermiculite dry sand or earth Never use organic material e g sawdust to absorb spill For large spills dike far ahead to contain for later disposal Follow applicable OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910 120 Report any release in excess of 1000 lbs Disposal Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations Neutralize waste water pH between 5 5 and 8 5 Follow applicable Federal state and local regulations Aquatic Toxicity LC saltwater prawns 42 5 ppm for 48 hrs lethal freshwater bluegill 24 5 ppm 24 hr EPA Designations Listed as a RCRA Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 261 33 Characteristic of corrosivity Listed as a CERCLA Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 302 4 Final Reportable Quantity RQ 1000 Ib 454 kg per CWA Sec 311 b 4 Listed as a SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 355 TPQ 1000 lbs Listed as a SARA Toxic Chemical 40 CFR 372 65 ASHA Designations d as an Air Contaminant 29 CFR 1910 1000 Table Z 1 A tion 8 Special Protection Data Goggles Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles per OSHA eye and face protection regulations 29 CFR 1910 133 Because contact lens use in industry is controversial establish your own policy Respirator Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use Follow OSHA respirator regulations 29 CFR 1910 134 and if necessary wear a MSHA N
46. is measured by Parshall flume FE 240 and transmitted to the PLC by flow indicating transmitter FIT 240 where it is displayed and totalized by software module FIQ 240 FIQ 240 represents a flow indicator totalizer which displays instantaneous flow and totalized flow Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 64 OHM 16032 A pressure gauge PI 241 is provided in the line directly after P 241 so that the pressure in the line can be monitored in the field during pump operation to determine if the pump is performing to design parameters 1 4 9 Secondary and Utility Systems 1 4 9 1 Backwash Water Holding Tank Backwash Water Holding Tank T 205 is a vertical cylindrical high density polyethylene tank with a flat bottom and domed top It is 12 feet in diameter and 12 feet high The tank is located inside the treatment system building It has a design pressure of atmospheric at 150 F a capacity of approximately 12 500 gallons and is vented to atmosphere T 205 provides surge capacity for backwash water from X 220A B The treated effluent that periodically accumulates in T 205 is slowly pumped to the Iron Removal System Reaction Tank X 130 for removal of the suspended solids The spent water can be pumped via two lines to either X 130 chamber 1 or chamber 2 The effluent from T 205 is pumped to X 130 by Spent Backwash Water Pump P 205 P 205 is a centrifugal pump capable of pumping 5 gpm of water at 40 feet TDH using a 1 hp motor The pump is also equipped wit
47. locally using the HOA switch or from the control panel and set to auto Check that the pump is operating normally and the discharge pressure via PI 205 is normal Pump P 205 will run automatically until a low level in tank T 205 is reached The low level switch LSL 205 will shut off P 205 automatically After the transfer of backwash water to X 130 is complete shut down P 205 as follows Turn off P 205 using the local HOA switch or from the control panel Close the pump inlet and outlet shut off ball valves 205V 01 and 205V 03 or 205V 07 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 141 OHM 16032 1 3 6 6 Transfer Water from Sump T 025 Sump T 025 receives water from the building drain and seal water discharge High low level float switches are installed in the sump to automatically switch the sump pump P 025 or P 025A standby backup on and off if the HOA switch is set in the auto mode The sump water can be sent either to T 110 or to X 130 Because of the high potential that sand and soil particles can be washed down the drain to the sump it is highly recommended that the sump water be sent to X 130 for clarification The startup procedure for P 025 or P 025A is as follows e Close valve 025V 03 and open valve 025V 04 to direct sump water flow to X 130 e Next to X 130 open the ball valve 130V 03 to admit water to X 130 e Set the local HOA switch to Auto and the sump pump will be interlocked to turn on and off by the float level switch
48. observe the liquid level in T 145 and check the water level holds steady If not adjust 145V 03 until a steady water level is maintained When P 145 is set to auto it will operate between the low level and high level and cycle off and on automatically Note also that T 145 occasionally receives water from sump T 025 and Tank T 205 Check that the water level in T 110 is above the low level set point Start the T 110 jet mixing pump P 120 to equalize and mix the water coming from the shallow and the deep aquifers Turn on the sulfuric acid system to adjust the water pH to 8 5 9 0 Line out the deep aquifer well pump discharge valves and extract the deep aquifer groundwater to the storage tank T 110 Line out all the valves from the air stripper sump discharge to the cartridge filters F 220A B C the carbon filters X 220A B all the way to the treated effluent holding tank T 240 Turn on the air stripper blower After a sufficient amount of water has accumulated in the storage tank T 110 turn on the air stripper feed pump P 110A or B to introduce water to the top of the air stripper Allow approximately 1 to 2 minutes for the air stripper water to reach the stripper effluent holding tank T 220 prior to starting the GAC feed pump P 220A or B After passing through the GAC adsorbers X 220 A B the treated effluent water is directed to the treated effluent holding tank and will overflow by gravity to Wallace Creek A
49. operator will not be present on site 24 hours a day an autodialer system is set up to alert the operator at a remote location when critical alarms do occur A list of the critical alarms is given in Table 1 6 1 Each critical alarm is assigned to a specific channel in the autodialer When a critical alarm is activated the autodialer will start to ring the given list of phone numbers in the preset order of sequence until it is answered The operator should immediately respond to the alarm and correct the situation Note 1 The auto dialer override is located in control box mounted on wall 2 Auto dialer time delay is set to 2 minutes Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 72 OHM 16032 Table 1 6 1 Critical Alarms for Groundwater Treatment Plant Critical Alarms Descriptions Drawing No P 3 3A X 130 Mix Tank pH level out of range AICA 130 interlock 1 121 X 132 Polymer pump stopped off XI 132 Shallow well low flow FI 106 Drawing No P 4 T 110 pH out of range AICA 200 interlock 1 201 P 120 Jet mix pump stopped off P 110A Stripper feed pump stopped off XI 110A P 110B Stripper feed pump stopped off XI 110B Deep well low flow Drawing No P 5 K 200 Stripper air blower off P 220A GAC feed pump stopped off XI 220A P 220B GAC feed pump stopped off XI 220B F 220A B C Cartridge filter pressure high PDIA 220A X 220A B GAC filter pressure high PDIA 220B P 245 Seal water pump stopped off Drawing No P 6 X 150D
50. or cleaning the packing I Cleaning Packing Shut down water supply to the air stripper tower Circulate an acid wash solution through the air stripper influent piping The frequency and number of cleaning passes will depend on degree of packing fouling Note that the blower should remain turned off during the cleaning process Check your local regulations for disposal of the acid material The following wash solutions are recommended for iron oxide fouling use a 3 muriatic acid solution for calcium carbonate fouling use a 3 to 5 polysodium phosphate solution for biological fouling use a 3 to 5 potassium permanganate solution I Changing Packing To remove fouled packing unbolt the viewport see air stripper blueprint for location If the packing is too fouled to fall out smoothly it may have to be prodded out with a pole After packing has been removed reassemble the viewport Remove demister and or dome top and dump in packing to the height shown on the air stripper blueprint 10 VI Trouble Shooting I Misting e Check water distribution spray pattern at tower top and make sure spray is hitting packing media and not the air stripper wall Check to see if there is proper spacing as indicated on the air stripper blueprint e Check actual influent water flow rate with a flow meter and adjust flow rate to be in accordance design flow rate a e Check to see if spray nozzle s is out of plumb and readjust if necessary
51. pu nr P 120 P 121 P 143 gz hs fa a Y t N m o A S r P 211 93 H SO4 feed pump X 220B GAC adsorber P 212 93 H SO feed pump P 100 SRW 1 shallow well pump P 220A GAC adsorber feed pump P 300 SRW 4 shallow well pump P 220B GAC adsorber feed pump back up Building drainage wet well Groundwater storage tank T 121 50 NaOH storage tank T 211 93 H 04 storage tank ESTAN AE gz 1 N gt P 245 4 1 m o o N nn Ajalla 1 t i N to pd o gt gt ws in 1 1 3 Air Stripping Water from the groundwater storage tank T 110 is pumped by means of air stripper feed pumps P 110A B to the packed tower air stripper C 200 The process water enters the top of the tower and flow by gravity counter current to the rising stripper air to the stripper effluent holding tank T 220 The stripper air is discharged directly to the atmosphere 1 1 4 Cartridge Filtration and Granular Activated Carbon GAC Adsorption The air stripper effluent water is pumped from the stripper effluent holding tank T 220 by means of GAC adsorber feed pumps P 220A B through a cartridge filtration system F 220A B C consisting of three filters connected in parallel After which the water is sent through granular activated carbon GAC adsorbers X 220A B to the treated effluent holding tank T 240 The GAC adsorbers will be backwashed manually based on differential pressure Backw
52. reached After either I 220 I 221 or I 222 has been tripped K 200 must be reset using HIS 200D which is accessed through the PLC interface A diaphragm pressure switch measures the air pressure in the duct At the low pressure setting the switch will send a digital input to the PLC which will trip interlock I 200 which will stop P 110 A B This will display on the PLC monitor as PA 200 and transmit a signal to the remote common alarm The high pressure set point signals that the column is in need of cleaning Since this condition is not critical this signal is not transmitted to the remote location but is displayed as high pressure PA 200 A local pressure gauge PI 200 calibrated in inches water column and a local air flow meter are also provided Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 61 OHM 16032 The instrumentation for the Stripper Effluent Holding Tank Item T 220 is provided by OHM as part of the treatment system and not by the air stripper manufacturer To control the level and help control the flow from T 220 to the Liquid GAC Adsorption System T 220 is equipped with low and high level switches LSL 220 and LSH 220 along with differential pressure type level indicating transmitter LIT 220 LIT 220 measures and transmits the level in the tank to the PLC where it is displayed by software module LICA 220 LICA 220 represents a level indicator controller alarm This software module receives the level measurement provides a software setpo
53. tato Ot SCH IPTION DATE APP i Services Corp A ESAS AAA y IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY AND TAE iS A AS Georgia CADD FULL there Nne ikre an ITTO o de LN MODIFICATIONS BM 6 27 PROPERTY Ol OHM REMFDIATION SERVICE CORP y AS ee e q eres e Fem PE MAA VAI OHM AND SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSED TO ere ell prawn J LANCENJ E IZLE FO PFW amp APPROVAL OHM 9 29 94 OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER OR Rares AAA Ba LP ALENTRO PEVIEW COMMENTS Lem 3 27 93 USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOLVER EXCEPT NAVAL STATION VA OIE AR So DCSIGNED 4 VIE AAS bea i EY PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT CF OHM COPYRIGHT z er APPROVED DATE ae ody BM 11 29 95 OHM REMEDIATION SERVICLS CORP 1994 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT N62470 93 D 3032 DOER PRAWE ENGINEER A f CHECKED i CG h 31 96 APPROVED DATE CHECKED SED PEP FLECTRICAL ENG eM Janod e OPERADLE UNIT NO 2 A Sg c D 6 RECURD DRAWING KM 9 25 9 c H J GOAT tere O 1104 12 TEIN I ale 1154 02 SA arj HS 115 ACT AS AN AIR RELEASE VALVE FOR TANKERS EXPANSION JOINT LOCATIONS oan eyed ON LOW LEVEL SHUTDOWN Oh ees 76 8 aN ae BUILDING DRAINAGE AND SEAL WATER O a ___A lt gt ATEO wy E U Ta TA I P 025 P 0254 IIA y TO X 130 FOR y TREATMENT Z ba E A et e a S iy et es A A A E ns A Fe ee ees E gt pH an f aiT N AE A ERSS 2004 31515401 3 y nas IO pH AENA SAMA 2008 2009
54. the sight glass 319 Replace fill plug Fig 18A See Tabie 4 Change the oil after 200 hours for new bearings thereafter every 2000 operating hours or 3 months whichever comes first A high quality turbine oil with rust and oxidation inhibitors should be used For the majority of A operational conditions bearing temperatures will run between 120 F 50 C and 180 F 82 C in this range an oil of ISO viscosity grade 68 at 100 F 40 C is recommended If bearing temperatures exceed 180 F 82 C use ISO viscosity grade 100 with Bearing Frame cooling See Table 5 For higher operating temperatures pumpage above 350 F 177 C synthetic lubrication is recommended Table 5 Lubricating Oil Requirements ae Pumpage temperature Pumpage temperature below 350 F 177 C above 350 F 177 C ISO Grade VG 100 100 F 38 C 470 pinsis17 ca Clo Kinem viscosity at 100 F 40 C mm sec Some acceptable lubricants are Exxon Teresstic EP 68 Mobil Mobil DTE 26 300 SSU 100 F 38 C Sunoco Sunvis 968 Royal Purple SYNFILM ISO VG 68 Synthetic Lube GREASE LUBRICATED BEARINGS Grease lubricated bearings are pre lubricated at the factory Regrease bearings every 2000 operating hours or 3 months Regrease Procedure 1 Wipe dirt from grease fittings 2 Remove 2 grease relief plugs 408H from bottom of frame 3 Fill both grease cavities through fitt
55. transfer pump P 145 Stop air stripper feed pumps P 110A B Stop P 241 Stop P 220A B Stop P 205 The pretreated water from the upper zone is combined in a collection tank with groundwater that is pumped from deep wells drilled to 110 feet BLS into the Castle Hayne Aquifer by electric pumps The Castle Hayne Aquifer is a limestone aquifer that contains a high concentration of calcium carbonate and is at a higher pH 8 5 to 10 than the shallow groundwater The pH of the combined groundwaters is first reduced in the large equalization tank prior to further treatment in order to inhibit calcium carbonate scaling of the downstream piping and equipment The combined water is subsequently pumped through a packed bed air stripping tower where the VOCs are removed Water is then pumped through cartridge filters and Granular Activated Carbon GAC adsorbers for final polishing prior to discharge to Wallace Creek 1 4 3 1 Shallow Groundwater Extraction System Dwg P 3 Equipment Groundwater is extracted from wells drilled to approximately 35 feet below land surface BLS in the shallow relatively low permeability zone and is pumped to the initial reaction chamber of the iron removal system Item X 130 See Section 4 0 The groundwater is pumped by six electric submersible pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 P 300 P 302 and P 304 The six pumps have a combined capacity of up to 30 gpm Each pump will pump at the recharge rate of the well attaining
56. two 40 ml volatile vials first Tilt the vial at a 45 angle to the flow so that the water flows down the wall of the container Preserve the sample as required Preservatives can be added to the sample container before sampling if desired Fill the container until an inverted meniscus is seen over the top of the vial Seal the vial Invert container and tap If bubbles are present add more water Label attach custody seal placed into a ziplock bag and put the sample on ice Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 4 4 OHM 16032 Fill the TSS and TDS when required container next keeping the turbulence to a minimum Then fill the metal containers Add preservatives as required Label attach custody seal place into a ziplock bag and put the sample on ice Record the information in the field logbook and complete the chain of custody form The samples will be packaged and shipped to the laboratory for 48 hour sample turnaround time TAT for preliminary data Effluent results will be obtained from a NEESA certified laboratory before proceeding with the aquifer test to verify compliance with the effluent limits 4 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE QUALITY CONTROL QA QC SAMPLES When sampling for volatiles the required trip blanks should be sent from the laboratory and accompany the sample shipment back to the laboratory One trip blank will be included in each shipment that contains volatile analysis One duplicate sample will be collected and analyzed l Camp Lej
57. 0 RABBIT gt 1 000 mg kg NOTE Estimated value 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY comm Fathead Minnow 96 Hour Static Acute Bioassay pH of test solutions was adjusted to a level of 6 9 LC50 195 mg L No Effect Level 62 5 mg L Daphnia magna 48 Hour Static Acute Bioassay pH of test solutions was adjusted to a level of 6 9 LC50 240 mg L No Effect Level 62 mg L BIODEGRADATION No Data Availabie 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS if this undiluted product is discarded as a waste the US RCRA hazardous waste identification number is Not applicable Please be advised however that state and local requirements for waste disposal may be more restrictive or otherwise different from federal regulations Consult state and local regulations regarding ES the proper disposal of this material PAGE 5 CONTINUED YU Ur OY DA M RA rc suwvy A eet eS PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION DOT HAZARD Not Applicable UN NA NUMBER Not applicable DOT EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDE Not applicable 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA All components of this product are listed in the TSCA inventory CERCLA AND OR SARA REPORTABLE QUANTITY RQ No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds SARA SECTION 312 HAZARD CLASS Immediate acute SARA SECTION 302 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent present at OSHA threshoids SARA SECTION 313 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent p
58. 1991 92 ACGIH TLV 1990 DFG Germany MAK Ceiling 2 mg m Ceiling 2 mg m 2 mg m 1990 IDLH Level 1990 NIOSH REL 1985 86 Toxicity Data 250 ppm Ceiling 2 mg m Monkey eye 1 solution applied over 24 hr produced severe irritation Rabbit eye 1 solution applied to the eye caused severe irritation Grasshopper parenteral 20 pi produced cytogenic mutations See NIOSH RTECS WB4905000 for additional irritation mutation and toxicity data Section 3 Physical Data Boiling Point 284 F 140 C Molecular Weight 40 01 Freezing Point 53 6 F 12 C Specific Gravity 1 53 at 77 F 25 C Viscosity 50 cP ar 68 F 20 C Water Solubility Completely soluble in water o pH 0 5 solution 13 Other Solubilities Soluble in alcohol methanol and glycerol insoluble in acetone and ether Appearance and Odor An odorless clear liquid ection 4 Fire and Explosion Data LEL None reponed Extinguishing Media Although noncombustible when in contact with moisture or water sodium hydroxide 50 liquid can generate enough heat to ignite surrounding combustibles If possible without risk remove containers from area Use extinguishing agents suitable for surrounding fire For small fire use dry chemical carbon dioxide CO or regular foam Avoid using water spray since water reacts with sodium hydroxide to generate substantial heat If you must use water be sur it is as cold as possible For large fires use fog or regular foam U
59. 4 1 INTERLOCK TABLE CAMP LEJEUNE WATER TREATMENT PLANT Interlock No amp Description Interlock Functions I 110 Low water level in T 110 Stop air stripper feed pumps P 110A B Stop jet mixing pump P 120 Stop sulfuric acid pump P 211 I 121 High pH in X 130 Stop caustic feed pump P 121 1 122 High caustic level in Tank T 121 Send off an alarm 1 123 Low caustic level in tank T 121 Stop caustic feed pump P 121 Stop all shallow well water pumps P 100 102 104 etc Stop polymer feed pump X 132 Close polymer make up water solenoid valve SV 243 Stop spent backwash pump P 205 I 145 Low water level in head tank T 145 Stop supernatant transfer pump P 145 I 146 High water level in head tank T 145 Stop caustic feed pump P 121 Stop all shallow well water pumps P 100 102 104 etc Stop polymer feed pump X 132 Close polymer make up water solenoid valve SV 243 Stop spent backwash water pump P 205 1 150 High high water level in T 110 Stop sulfuric acid feed pump P 211 Stop all deep well pumps P 101 103 105 etc I 151 High water level in T 110 Stop supernatant transfer pump P 145 Stop all shallow well water pumps P 100 102 104 etc Stop polymer feed pump X 132 Close polymer make up water solenoid valve SV 243 Stop spent backwash pump P 205 INTERLOCK TABLE CAMP LEJEUNE continued Page 2 1 152 Compressed air X 150A B pressure Stop GAC feed pumps P 220A B l
60. 451 2581 910 451 5006 804 322 4811 804 444 8422 910 451 5068 910 451 5068 910 353 3558 404 347 3066 910 347 1754 910 285 7633 910 733 2801 TABLE 1 2 3 VENDOR CONTACT LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System OHM Project 16032 Industrial Sales Valves gauges fittings Gene Wells 910 763 5126 910 763 3207 pumps P R Bradley amp Assoc Meter pumps Lightinng Mike Wolfe 770 998 1956 770 998 0119 mixer Drillers Services Inc Wells well pumps 800 334 2308 704 322 7674 Industrial Plastics Plastic pipe amp fittings Steve Bailey 770 844 7324 912 748 8327 Carolina Plastic HDPE pipe amp fittings Marc Davis 704 588 0541 704 588 5742 Supply Goulds Pumps Inc Joe Ruggiero 710 446 3369 770 446 3651 Downwell tubing Bob Beyer 770 469 2720 770 498 2841 Palmer Manufacturing FRP Tanks T 110 770 925 4855 770 925 4869 Northeast Buildings Steve Straper 910 353 3558 910 353 3005 Construction Poora O ECT ooa moasa Ingersall Rand virotrol o 3 Ez S E 8 Chet Adams Elec amp Gas Heaters 919 851 6331 919 851 6371 Ingersall Rand Gary Michael 770 936 6200 770 936 8210 TETE EEE Ladder Distr Inc PF Carl Jocobsen 770 447 9057 770 447 9057 Cowen Supply Piping hardware Greg Southwell 404 351 6351 404 351 1259 O Carbon filter system Tim Sokol 412 741 2030 412 741 2670 Pumping Systems Inc Diaphragm Air pumps Michael Konopa 770 458 9555 770 455 9133 Filtratio
61. 6 Attach ties to cloths to secure cloths to plates After closing the tie force the remaining end of the tie back through the loop 7 Apply end cloths as shown on attached drawing 8 To remove cloths simply undo ties and pull cloth through center hole 7 Filter Cloth Cleaning Instructions i The filter cloths provided have been selected for your particular slurry application During the filtration process the filter cloth initially separates the solids from the liquid thus the filter cloth must maintain its porosity Eventually the filter cloth will become embedded with tiny minute particles This will cause a blinding effect which leads to decreased filtration The particles must be removed periodically to maintain an optimal filtration process There are several reasons why cleaning the filter cloths are required Listed below are the main reasons for cleaning 1 High use of Calcium Hydroxide 2 Long filtration cycles 3 Reduction cake solids 4 Initial high filtration pressure 40 50 psig Methods for Cleaning 1 Wash the filter plates and cloths with a portable high pressure cold water washer 1000 1500 psi at 5 15 GPM A power wash with nozzle can be used to spray the plates and cloths The high pressure washer will clean the surface of the plates and cloths but also the internal weave of the filter cloth The frequency of cleaning is determined upon the process filtration application MN NETZSCH Methods f
62. 60 inches from standing level e The center of the water spray should be 16 inches from any obstruction e The drench shower should deliver 30 gallons per minute meeting the water spray pattern e The control valve should stay on once activated and should be able to be activated from off to on in one second SAFETY SHOWERS AND EYEWASH Procedure Number 3 Page 3 of 3 STATIONS 3 3 3 4 A _ e Drench showers should be located 10 seconds or 100 feet from the hazard In situations where strong caustics or acids are present the distance should be 10 feet or less e The drench shower should be identified with a sign and should be located in a well lit brightly painted area INSPECTION To simplify the maintenance and record keeping an individual at the project site or department should be assigned the task of checking all eyewash devices on a weekly schedule and records of those inspections be kept on the device The flushing solution should also be checked and replaced per the manufacturer s instructions Trash or debris should be removed from any eyewash basins at this time MAINTENANCE Each plumbed emergency eyewash device should be activated weekly to test the equipment and flush plumbed lines of any bacterial or sediment build up For self contained eyewash units follow the manufacturer s instructions ANSI Standards recommend that all emergency eyewash devices be checked on a weekly basis in order t
63. 97 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROCEDURE NUMBER 38 Page 1 of 5 LAST REVISED 12 92 APPROVED BY JFK FHH OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM personnel performing work on electrical systems and equipment will follow standards set by the National Electrical Code NEC and OSHA in selection of materials and methods of installation and maintenance Only qualified eas will work on electrical systems and equipment 2 PURPOSE This procedure specifies the requirements for electrical equipment and methods and is an overview of the requirements of 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S Electrical If work is to be performed on any electrical circuit lockout tagout may be required Refer to the Lockout Tagout procedure 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3 1 No electrical work should be done on an energized circuit 3 2 Oniy approved electricians will be permitted to work on electrical equipment or permanent electrical wiring 3 3 Use proper clearance and grounding procedures All electrical circuits and equipment shall be de energized and lockout tagout accomplished before maintenance or repair work is started 3 4 Single phase electric hand tools and other single phase portable electrical equipment must be approved by a recognized testing agency and all exposed non current carrying metal parts must be grounded or be double insulated 35 Before each use portable electrical appliances are to be examine
64. A 5 08 PPN CSTEL 3 OSHA OSHA ACTION LEVEL 0 50 PPM C3 HR THAD KEK COMPLEX MIXTURE OF PARAFFINIC CYCLOPARAFFINIC OLEFINIC AND AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS PREDOMINANTLY C4 Cli2z NX CONTAINS SMALL AMOUNTS OF DYE AND OTHER ADDITIVES lt 0 0223 WHICH ARE NOT CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS AT THE CONCSHTRATIONS USED SECTION 5 POTERTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS EYE EYE IRRITATION MAY RESULT FROM CONTACT WITH THE LIQUID OR EXPOSURE TO VAPOR CONCEXTRATIONS ABOVE THE TLV SHIR PROLONGED OR REPSATED A CINTACT CAR DEFAT THE SKIN AHD LEAD TO IRRITATION AND OR DERMATITIS INHALATION EXPOSURE TO VAPOR CONCENTRATIONS EXCEEDING 1020 PPM CAH CAUSE RESPIRATORY IRRITATION HEADACHE DIZZINESS NAUSEA AND LOSS OF COORDINATION HIGHER CONCENTRATIONS MAY CAUSE LOSS OF CONSCIOUS HESS CARDIAC SENSITIZATION COMA AND DEATH RESULTING FROM RESPIRATORY FAILURE INGESTION INGESTION MAY RESULT IN NAUSEA VOMITING DIARRHEA AHD RESTLESSHESS ASPIRATION CBREATHING OF VOMITUS INTO THE LUNGS MUST BE AVOIDED AS EVEN SMALL QUANTITIES IN TRE LUNGS CAN PRODUCE CHEMICAL PNEUMONITIS AND PULMONARY EDEMA HEMORRHAGE y Ca Marathon a Oi Company i oF MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET PAGE 60 em PRODUCT NAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE MARATHON MSDS MOS L14MARGGL k SECTION 9 HAZARD WARNING DANGER i EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED CONTAINS BENZENE WHICH MAY CAUSE z CANCER OR BE TOXIC TO BLOOD FORMIHG ORGANS SECT
65. A Building Drainage Wet Well Water level betweeen high and low i Differential Pressure Differential if gt 20 psi change F 220 A filter Differential Pressure Differential if gt 20 psi change F 220 B filter Li Differential Pressure Differential if gt 20 psi change F 220 C filter Differential Pressure Differential if gt 10 psi report X 220 A status Differential Pressure Differential if gt 10 psi report X 220B status Initials of inspector Employee Number TABLE 2 4 DAILY CHECK LIST Date CT CT Pompe Poa pow Meee O _ rs Pimp Neer Rows OOOO O Pampita ows OOOO Fon Pano tow Meer nos OOO OOO 200 Pano o Meer os OOOO U C Fan np How Mee Hows OOOO Polymer pump X 132 Pump speed stroke Water flow Should be around 30 gpm Scavenger pump X 132A Pump speed Stroke Pressure Should be 120 psi Time Initials of inspector Employee Number TABLE 2 5 WEEKLY CHECK LIST COC Well DRW 3 Pressure Flow Totalization E li Well SRW 1 Pressure Flow Totalization Well SRW 2 Pressure Flow Totalization Column Water Flow High Normal Low Packing Color Clean Dirty Very Dirty Blower Noise Level Quiet Vibrating amp Noisy Effluent Flow Meter FE Check and calibrate Parshall Flume and 240 ultrasonic flow meter Date Time __ Meter reading gallons Flume water level inches Calibration Flow rate gpm AS J Inlet Air
66. ABLE QUANTITY RQ Treat as oil spill SARA SECTION 312 HAZARD CLASS Immediate acute Delayed Chronic SARA SECTION 302 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds SARA SECTION 313 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds CALIFORNIA REGULATORY INFORMATION CALIFORNIA SAFE DRINKING WATER AND TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT PROPOSITION 65 CHEMICALS PRESENT No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds MICHIGAN REGULATORY INFORMATION No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds on A a 16 OTHER INFORMATION NFPA HMIS CODE TRANSLATION Health 2 Moderate Hazard Fire a Slight Hazard Reactivity 6 Minimal Hazard Special NONE No special Hazard 1 Protective Equipment B Goggles Gloves 1 refer to section 8 of MSDS for additional protective equipment recommendations CHANGE LOG EFFECTIVE DATE REVISIONS TO SECTION SUPERCEDES MSDS status 01 NOV 95 x NEW PAGE 6 UD LU YO 44 40 POL 194 uo ID he eee kee gt d dt a PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 gt 40 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY Stable HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION Will not occur INCOMPATIBILITIES May react with strong oxidizers DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS Thermal decomposition destructive fires yields elemental oxides Es INTERNAL PUMPOUT CLEANOUT CATEGORIES 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Oral LD50 RAT gt 2 000 mg kg NOTE Estimated value Dermal LD50 RABBI
67. ALVE 3 THIS UNE ReGrCLLS SLULGE FROM THE CORE BLOW AT THE END OF TH LE TINON THIS CONSTRUCT ON DRAWING WAS BASED ON THE FILTER CAKE 1 7 DUSIGN DEVELOPED RY THE ARCHITECT FNGINEER GF RECOU SARER ENGINEERS INC IS EXPRESSED OF SkuubLb LE NO WARRANTY e LU FROM THIS PUTA a E SS TE E E TATE Oa OR a ee Se P Da Ta ER Y AA ___ i DPAWING 3 joke E gt a4 foo DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAY AC LITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND Limite Nohi ar anne OHM Re me di A Lion AT FULL SCALE THE INFORMATION OF DATA CONTAINED HEREIN A ESO E A NAVAL FAC T DF Nt Ty NOPE f l E Tx Ee E G AND INSTRU ATION DIAGRAM BE san MES I et ose a ciwon ZENE REV DATE APP SAE SR eenpei io a 4 MN ANI UND LIND WGN Le dy UE IAN 4 c i re Semel Services C O pp 4 iP MOP LAA vie ty Is CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY ANO HE A T 7 rn DA 7 T E ba i S Norcross Grorgua eee CADD FILZ LELIA easaypeecetins ome gt ISSUE TOS ATION MODITICATIONS BM 6 27 iis M ae ee s NIT JIS TON a ss G PEE aS wi a aen i H Al SHALL NeT Fe pectos 7 i i oo Y Sutbsidiars of OYM Corporation ura Y LAFGEZS COLLINS i nabo EE x Wx APPROVAL OHM 9 29 04 OTHERS OR REPRODUCE IN AN VANNER OR Z a 2 f z Poe PEYEW COMMENTS B 27 USED FOR ANS PURSOSE WHATSOLVES EXCEPT NAVAL STATION NORFOLK VIRGINA 3 SUPPITTEL ba e e TE pesionco Y COPRAPO A EA et eh at ENED p MS
68. ATHON MSDS NHG 114MARD01 SECTION 3 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA CONT STABILITY THE MATERIAL IS STABLE AT 78 F 7608t PRESSURE CONDITIONS TO AVOLD as 5 HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS CARBON MONOXIDE ALDEHYDES AROMATIC HYDROCARSOHS IMCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS STRONG OXIDIZERS HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION WILL HOT OCCUR SECTIOH 4 PRODUCT COMPOSITION AHD EXPOSURE LIMITS EXPOSURE LIMITS FOR PRODUCT a TLY a SOURCE PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOCIRE 300 00 PPM 3 HR TWA ACSIH 500 00 PPM STEL 3 ACGIH 300 020 PPM 3 ER TWA SSHA 00 238 PPM CSTE 2 OSHA COMPONENTS PERCENT RANGE TLY SOURCE 7 SATURATED HYDROCARBONS 55 00 70 00 0 08 3 i CPARAFFINS 2 CYCLOPARAFFINS UMSATURATED HYDROCARBONS 1 00 12 98 2 02 pe l COLEFIHS AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS 20 00 40 00 2 00 c CINCLUDING BENZENE TOLUENE 5 XYLEHES ETHYLSENZENE AND TRIMETHYL BENZENES gt ETHYL BENZENE 1 380 3 00 100 00 PPM C3 HR TRAD ACGIH F 125 00 PPM CSTEL 3 ACGIH 109 09 PPM C3 ER THAD OSHA 125 00 PPM CSTEL 3 OSHA 1 2 4 TRIMETHYLBEHZENE 2 90 5 00 25 00 PPM C3 HR THAD ACGIH 25 00 PPM C3 HR TWA OSHA TOLUENE 3 80 25 00 109 80 PPM C3 HR THAD ACGIH 154 90 PPM TEL ACGIH 1900 09 PPM 3 HR TWA OSHA 158 00 PPM CSTEL 3 OSHA XYLEHE 5 00 15 82 190 98 PPM 3 HR THAD ACGIH 150 00 PPM CSTEL_ _ ACGIH 109 C3 HR THAT Marathon Fame Oil Company fe MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET PAGE 50 PRODUCT MAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE IARATHON MSDS
69. AUTION Do not disassemble ADV timer or attempt to repair electrical parts Replace timer if defective The ADVs discharge condensate through a full port drain opening The valve body may need to be cleaned under conditions of gross particulate contamination To disassemble the ADV valve body for cleaning or other maintenance 1 Turn power switch off 2 Disconnect main power supply to dryer DXR Series 75 scfm 1000 scfm 11 FIELD SERVICE GUIDE SYMPTOM S POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY No discharge from ADV failure or Dismantle ADV clean repair or replace automatic rain valves accumulation of dirt in ADV See Maintenance section ADVs Inlet air temperature is Aftercooler malfunction Check aftercooler discharge temperature outside normal range or Reduce temperature to 120 F max reaches alarm set point reduce airflow if temperature is above 100 F See Sizing Verification Liquid water entering dryer Aftercooler drain valve Dismantle aftercooler drain valve clean malfunction repair or replace Excessive airflow may Dryer improperly sized Check airflow and dryer capacity see also cause high pressure Table 8 Reduce airtlow or resize and drop replace dryer 1 Condenser fouled or 1 Clean condenser coils see clogged Maintenenace Monthly 2 Fan motor stopped 2 Repair or replace fan motor 3 Inlet air temperature too 3 Check aftercooler discharge high temperature Reduce
70. Ba Be Cr Mn V Fe As Pb Hg 8021A 6010 7060 7421 7470 EPA 160 1 160 2 8021A 6010 7060 7421 7470 EPA 160 1 160 2 8021A 6010 7060 7421 7470 8021A 6010 7060 7421 7470 8021A 6010 7060 7421 7470 QC Level Required Analysis Analytical Method2 Holding Times 14 days 6 months Hg 28 days 7 days 14 days 6 months Hg 28 days 7 days 14 days 6 months Hg 28 days 14 days 6 months Hg 28 days 14 days 6 months Hg 28 days measure levels of contamination in the aquifer Table 4 2 summarizes the sampling and analysis scheduled during all events This table replaces Table 3 1 in the June 1994 QAPP Table 4 3 summarizes the analytes of concern and the laboratory required detection limits Some detection limits may not be achieved when high levels of one or more analytes are present in the samples Table 4 4 summarizes the sampling events schedule for the monitoring wells All samples will be sent to a NEESA certified laboratory for a Level C data package Table 4 3 Laboratory Reporting Limits Laboratory Required Contaminant of Concern Method Number Reporting Limit ug l Trans 1 2 Dichloroethene Ethylbenzene Tetrachloroethane Trichloroethane Vinyl Chloride Arsenic Beryllium Chromium Lead Manganese Mercury Vanadium Iron Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 4 3 OHM 16032 Table 4 4 Monitoring Wells Previous Sampling Associated Sample Location ID Map
71. CES STORE IN PROPERLY CLOSED CONTAINERS THAT ARE APPROPRIATELY LABELED DO MOT EXPOSE TO HEAT OPEN FLAME OXIDIZERS OR OTHER SOURCES OF IGHITION Avorn SKIN CONTACT EXERCISE GOOD PERSONAL HYGIENE INCLUDING REMOVAL OF SOILED CLOTHING AND PROMPT WASHING WITH SOAP AND WATER f gt gt Marathon Oil Company MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET PAGE 4 OF PRODUCT NAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE MARATHON MSDS NHG 14MAR001 SECTION 5 POTERTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS CCOX T ADDITIONAL TOXICITY INFORMATION TWO YEAR INHALATION TOXICITY STUDIES WITH FULLY VAPORIZED GASOLINE C amp 7 292 2 2056 PPM3 PRODUCED KIDNEY DAMAGE AHD KIDNEY TUMORS IN MALE RATS BUT NOT IN FEMALE RATS OR MALE AND FEMALE MICE FEMALE MICS DEVELOPED A SLIGHTLY HIGHER INCIDENCES OF LIVER TUMORS COMPARED TO CONTROLS AT THE HIGHEST EXPOSURE LEVEL RESULTS FROM SUBSEQUENT SCIENTIFIC STUDIES SUGGEST THAT THE KIDNEY DAMAGE AND PROBABLY THE KIDNEY TUMOR RESPONSE ARE UNIQUE TO THE MALE RAT THE BIOLOGIC SIGHIFICANCE OF THE MOUSE LIVER TUMOR RESPONSE IN TERMS OF HUMAN HEALTH IS QUESTIONABLE REPEATED OR PROLONGED EXPOSURE TO BENZENE EVEN AT RELATIVELY LOW CONCENTRATIONS MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO 2LOUD FORMINHG ORGAXS SIGNIFICANT CHRONIC EXPOSURE TO BENZENE VAPOR HAS BEZN REPORTED TO PRODUCE VARIOUS BLOOD DISORDERS RANGING FROM ANEMIA TO LEUKEMIA CCANCER IN MAN BENZENE PRODUCED TUMORS IN RATS AND MICE IH LIFETIME CHRONIC TOXICITY STUDIES BUT THE RESPONSE HAS NOT SESH CONSISTENT A
72. CIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES PROTECTION AND SPILL CONTAINMENT Ventilate area Use specified protective equipment Contain and absorb on absorbent material Place in waste disposal container Flush area with water Wet area may be slippery Spread sand grit DISPOSAL INSTRUCTIONS Water contaminated with this product may be sent to a sanitary sewer treatment facility in accordance with any local agreement a permitted waste treatment facility or discharged under a permit Product as is incinerate or land dispose in an approved landfill 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING Normal chemical handling STORAGE Keep containers closed when not in use Do not freeze If frozen thaw and mix completely prior to use PAGE 3 CONTINUED PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSURE LIMITS This product is not hazardous as defined by OSHA regulations ENGINEERING CONTROLS Adequate ventilation PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Use protective equipment in accordance with 29CFR 1910 Subpart RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A respiratory protection program that meets OSHA s 29 CFR 1910 134 and ANS Z88 2 requirements must be followed whenever workplace conditions warrant a respirator s use Use air purifying respirators within use limitations associated with the equipment or else use supplied air respirators If air purifying respirator use is appropriate use a respirator with dus
73. CROSS SPECIES STRAIN SEX OR ROUTE OF EXPOSURE ANIMAL STUDIES CH BENZENE HAVE DEMONSTRATED IMMUNE TOXICITY TESTICULAR EFFECTS AND ALTERATIONS IN REPRODUCTIVE CYCLES EVIDENCE OF CHROMOSOMAL DAMAGE GR OTHER CHROMOSOMAL CHANGES AND EMBRYOS FETOTOXICITY BUT HOT TERATOGENICITY EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES EYE i FLUSH EYES WITH LARGZ AMOUNTS OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES IF SYMPTOMS OR IRRITATION OCCUR CALL A PHYSICIAN SXIN WASH WITH SOAP AND LARGE AMOUNTS OF WATER REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING IF SYMPTOMS OR IRRITATION OCCUR CALL A PHYSICIAN INHALATION MOVE PERSON TO FRESH AIR IF NOT BREATHING OR IF NO HEARTBEAT gt GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION OR CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION CPRI IMMEDIATELY CALL A PHYSICIAH INGESTION sa E A S DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING DO NOT GIVE LIQUIDS IMMEDIATELY CALL A PHYSICIAN k SECTION 6 SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION e SS o ce A ES SS DS e ES VEXTILATION LOCAL OR GENERAL e REQUIRED IN ENCLOSED AREAS OR WITH INADEQUATE VENTILATION fos f Xy TT marzinon ivi Oii Company o MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET PAGE 301 PRODUCT MAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE MARATHON MSDS NO II4MARCOL SECTION 4 PRODUCT CIMPOSITION AHD EXPOSURE LIMITS CCaH T COMPONENTS PERCENT RANGE TLY SOURCE METHYL TERTIARY BUTYL ETHER 8l 15 88 0 50 BENZENE 50 3 50 10 20 PPN CS HR THAD ACSIH 1 02 PPN C3_HR THAD OSH
74. Compressed air pressure low PA 152 interlock 1 152 PLC Failure Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 73 OHM 16032 2 0 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 2 1 INTRODUCTION Prior to any maintenance or repair activity the equipment owners manual should be referenced All proper safety precautions and measures should be carefully followed The following maintenance and troubleshooting check lists and guides are not a replacement for the equipment owners manuals attached in Appendices II III IV and V This section should be used as a supplemental guide for periodic maintenance and troubleshooting Always refer to the owners manual prior to any maintenance lubrication or troubleshooting activities A full listing of the owners manuals and associated equipment numbers are shown in the Table of Contents attached to each volume A major equipment list and contact lists for vendors and personnel are also attached in each volume 2 2 OPERATOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS It is each operators responsibility to inspect the equipment at the beginning of each shift The applicable daily and weekly inspection sheet should be completed and any problems or changes in the normal operating conditions should be reported to the site supervisor General equipment and machinery service requirements are outlined in the daily monthly and six month or greater maintenance and lubrication checklists presented in Tables 2 1 2 2 and 2 3 respectively Each operator should be
75. D is a OSHA Class II combustible liquid Its volatility is similar to that of gas oil Vapors may travel to a source of ignition and flash back Special Fire fighting Procedures Isolate hazard area and deny estry Since fire may produce toxic fumes wear a self contained breathing apparatus SCBA with a full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or positive pressure mode and full protective clothing If feasible remove containers from fire Be aware of runoff from fire control methods Do not release to sewers or waterways due to pollution and fire or explosion hazard Stability Polymerization Diesel fuel od No 3 Di is stab e at room temperature in closed a containers under normal storage and handLag condi tions Hazardous polymerization cannot occur Chemical Incompatibilities It is incompatible with strong oxidizing agents heating greatly increases the fire hazard Conditions to Avoid Avoid heat and ignition sources Hazardous Products of Decomposition Thermal oxidative decomposition of diesel fuel oil No 2 D can produce various hydrocarbons and hydrocarbon derivatives and other partial oxidation products such as carbon dioxide carbon monoxide and sulfur dioxide No 470 Diese Fuel OU No 2 D 11 90 Section 6 Health Hazard Data F Jem rcinogenicity Although the ARC has not assigned an overall evaluation to diese fueis as a group it has evaluated occupational exposures in eum oa E an ARC probable huma
76. DRAIN BO i i NOTE 2 UGU K Y aBove DRAIN pow NOTE 2 wWAlI01V 02 ORO l ABOVE GRADE ABOVE GRADE GRADE ABQVE GRADE i AR IV 5 1 ABOVE GRADE SP A ABOVE GRADE i ABOVE GRADE A e BELOW Grade T DELEN ee Y _ ha os BELOW ES FE gt eats BELOW IOOK 197 st y WO on aL Ep 5 Sa e bla ie a 9 E e 1 FIT gt V gt to y 1 E 107 E gt E S gt 101 l Sees S 5 Gas D S o ON OFF ON OFF ON UF o a a Z o FLY JE T ro Q EN ne r E 41 o ae a ui a RFARTIALL TREATED ON P 101 ORW 1 eater FROM 2 145 DRAWING YO P 4 y qa 13315600 3 V H2304 TO E TANK X 170 a AN ey LSHH Sy 29K 110 7 Coir mo 3 AEN 063 i D o GLH CH 110 014 7 e T 110 138154018 PW 144 5401 8 PW 30115403 1 AC y AQ VENT A AA al e E hi Ts J 084 HORN NT ar Ge z os NI 10 lt JET e Do Y i A HEADE e L ES E 5 J FOR TANKE HOA ON OFF Ms 061 sl OUTSIDE THIS CONSTRUCTION DPAWING WAS BASED ON THE DESIGN DEVELOPED BY THE ARCHITECT ENGINEER UF RECORD FAKER ENGINEERS INC NO WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR SFOULD BE IMPLIED FROM THIS DRAWING E A DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OHM Remediation HAT FULL SCALE THE INFORMATION OR DATA CONTAINED HSREIN y ZA
77. ESPIRATORY EFFECTS Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract INGESTION EFFECTS May cause gastrointestinal irritation with possible nausea vomiting abdominal discomfort and diarrhea TARGET ORGANS No evidence of potential chronic effects MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED Not known SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE May cause redness or itching of skin PAGE 2 CONTINUED YVL eY des mi ervey tww ad PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 fom 4 FIRST AID MEASURES SKIN CONTACT Remove contaminated clothing Wash exposed area with a large quantity of soap solution or water for 15 minutes EYE CONTACT Immediately flush eyes with water for 15 minutes Immediately contact a physician for additional treatment INHALATION Remove victim from contaminated area to fresh air Apply appropriate first aid treatment as necessary INGESTION Do not feed anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsive victim Do not induce vomiting Immediately contact physician Dilute contents of stomach using 3 4 glasses milk or water FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS Fire fighters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing appartus full face piece type EXTINGUISHING MEDIA Dry chemical carbon dioxide foam or water HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS oo Thermal decomposition destructive fires yields elemental oxides FLASH POINT gt 200F P M CC 6 AC
78. HA HAZARD COMMUNICATIONS STANDARD is listed Refer to additional sections of this MSDS for our assessment of the potential hazards of this formulation HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS This product is not hazardous as defined by OSHA regulations No component is considered to be a carcinogen by the National Toxicology Program the International Agency for Research on Cancer or th e Occupational Safety and Health Administration at OSHA thresholds for carcinogens PAGE 1 CONTINUED VU LU VO lt my eevee ivy bey Seas Asters PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 AR 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION RERAARAARADKAREEREEEREEESEEKERRENKEERURRARAEERAEEEEERENEERREREREARERERKEKHWHEAAR EMERGENCY OVERVIEW CAUTION May cause moderate irritation to the skin May cause moderate irritation to the eyes Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract DOT hazard is not applicable Emergency Response Guide is not applicable Odor Mild Appearance Red Brown Liquid Fire fighters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing apparatus full face piece type Proper fire extinguishing media Dry chemical carbon dioxide foam or water RUARWRERREEREHEEERANHRURRERARARRREEK EERE EELS ERERRERRRURRERRS HEEECEKKEARADRAREERE POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS ACUTE SKIN EFFECTS Primary route of exposure May cause moderate irritation to the skin ACUTE EYE EFFECTS May cause moderate irritation to the eyes ACUTE R
79. HOOTING CON GQ Gk Wher st 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 S 3 0 1 2 3 1 2 3 rr pu o hot m PA AA A pa oob jajaja fps Wher Up QU yr Table 23 Table 2 5 Table 2 7 Table 1 6 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Tabie 4 4 pany 3 3 3 4 0 PERFORMANCE SAMPLING AND MONITORING 4 4 4 TABLE ot CONTENTS CONTINUED Introduction Operator Service Requirements 0s sees sees ee eeee Troubleshooting Environmental Conditions 0 0 cece eee ec eee ences Preventive Maintenance 2 0 ccc ccc cee eee eee tence ees Corrective Maintenance cee cc eee tween eee eeee Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams ooooo oooo o AFETY PRECAUTIONS AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES Introduction Material Safety Data Sheets aii edcw awe cod as bie eee ea Health and Safety Standard Operating Procedures Introduction Sampling Procedures oooooooororsoncrnoronorsonros Quality Assurance Quality Control QA QC Samples Major Equipment List Pre Startup Check List Key Contact List Vendor Contact List Instrumentation List Process Valve List Expected Flow from Each Well Groundwater Trearment System Influent and Effluent Characteristics Intericck Table Weekly Lubrication and Maintenance Check List Monthly Lubrication and Maintenance Check List 6 month or Greater Lubrication and M
80. ION 10 COMMENTS 2 Material Safery Data Sheets Collection Genium Publishing Corporation oom w 1145 Cataiyn Street Sheet No 470 Schenectady NY 12303 1836 USA Diesel Fuel Oil No 2 D x 518 377 8854 Section 3 Physical Data Section 4 Fire and Explosion Data Section 5 Reactivity Data 2 Issued 10 81 Revision A 11 90 Section L Material Identification 38 E E Decio an Od a de Diesei Fuei OU No 2 D Description Diesel fuel is obtined faa tte middle Galas i in pelean e separation a distillate R 1 NFP oil of low sulfur content It is composed chiefly of unbranched paraffins Diesel fuel is available in various grades oneof I A which is synonymous with fuel cil No 2 D This diesel fuel oil requires a minimum Cetane No efficiency rating for S 2 y diesel fuel comparable to octane number ratings for gasoline of 40 ASTM D613 Used as a fuel for trucks ships and K 2 gt other automotive engines as mosquito control coating on breeding waters and for drilling muds Other Designations CAS No 68334 30 5 diese fuel EMI Manufacturer Contact your supplier or distributor Consult the latest Chemicaiweek Buyers Guide for a suppliers list E R Cautions Diesel fuel oil No 2 D is a skin irritant and central nervous depressant with high mist concentrations Itis an environmental PPO hazard and moderate fire risk Sec Section 2 Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits pE
81. IOSH approved respirator For concentrations lt 25 mg m use any powered air purifying respirator with acid gas cartridge s in combination with a high efficiency particulate filter For concentra tions lt 50 mg m use any chemical cartridge respirator with a full facepiece and acid gas cartridge s in combination with a high efficiency particulate filter For concentrations lt 80 mg m use any supplied air respirator with a full facepiece and operated in pressure demand or other positive pressure mode For emergency or nonroutine operations cleaning spills reactor vessels or storage tanks wear an SCBA If respirators are used OSHA requires a respiratory protection program that includes at least medical certification training fit testing periodic environmental monitoring maintenance inspection cleaning and convenient sanitary storage areas Other Wear chemically protective gloves boats aprons and gauntlets to prevent skin contact H SO has a minor to moderate effect on neoprene or rubber 7 Ventilation Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations below the OSHA PEL Sec 2 Local exhaust ventilation is preferred because it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source Safety Stations Make available in the work area emer gency eyewash stations safety quick drench showers and washing facilities Contaminated Equipment Separate contaminated work clot
82. If using a pipe wrench caution should be used in order to prevent piping damage e Check for excessive blower pressure or air flow rate using the magnehelic gauge and blower performance data located in the back of this manual Adjust the blower damper as previously discussed to correct for excessive air flow rate and or pressure If Efficiency Loss e Check operating conditions flow rate temperature contaminant levels against design parameters Either adjust these conditions so that they are in accordance with initial design parameters or retrofit the system with necessary changes e Check for packing fouling Refer to packing maintenance section of this manual e Check for water channeling down the inside wall of the air stripper by checking the water distribution pattern at the tower top 11 Il Noisy Blower e Check the condition of the motor bearings and replace or lubricate noisy bearings as per the motor manufacturer and or National Environmental Systems e Check for a dented inlet screen mounted on the blower air inlet and the screen guard located on the end of the motor housing To correct remove the screen s correct any dents and replace e On belt driven fans check for rubbing between the fan wheel blades and the inlet cone of the blower air iniet see the blower section of this manual for location of these components To correct loosen the bolts around the perimeter of the inlet cone section adjust the inlet
83. Influent deep wells Air Stripper Effluent T 220 Final Effluent QA QC Samples Blank Duplicate Matrix Sampling Equipment Approx No of Samples Sampling Sampling Frequency Method Once per period Once per period Once per period Sample metals only if present above effluent limits in influent Once per period o One per VOA 0 Trip blank 2x40ml VOA Cool 4 C Select volatiles 8021A 14 days cooler eer E Definitive data Standard QC Notes 1 Calendar days 2 USEPA SW 846 methods unless otherwise specified 3 Begins from the date of collection in the field Sample Containers 2x40ml VOA 1x500ml plastic 1x1L glass 2x40ml1 VOA 1x500m1 plastic 1x1L glass 2x40ml VOA 1x500m1 plastic 2x40ml VOA 1x500m1 plastic 2x40ml VOA 1 x 500ml plastic Preservatives HCL lt pH2 4C HNO3 lt pH2 4C Cool 4 C HCL lt pH2 4C HNO3 lt pH2 4C Cool 4 C HCL lt pH2 4C HNO3 lt pH2 4C HCL lt pH2 4C HNO3 lt pH2 4C HCL lt pH2 4C HNO3 pH2 4C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C NEESA Level C 7 days As needed 7 days As needed Select volatiles Ba Be Cr Mn V Fe As Pb Hg TDS TSS Select volatiles Ba Be Cr Mn V Fe As Pb Hg TDS TSS Select volatiles Ba Be Cr Mn V Fe As Pb Hg Select volatiles Ba Be Cr Mn V Fe As Pb Hg Select volatiles
84. It contains approximately 45 feet of packing and has a design wind load of 100 mph The stripper is sized to remove all volatile groundwater contaminants to below their discharge requirements C 200 is constructed of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic FRP and contains a LANTEC packing The air stripper is located outside the water treatment building Stripping air is provided to C 200 by Air Stripping Column Fan K 200 K 200 is a centrifugal fan designed to provide approximately 4 680 cfm of air at 10 inches w c using a 5 0 hp TEFC motor The fan is constructed of FRP Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 60 OHM 16032 After groundwater reaches the bottom of the column packing and has been stripped by the air it is collected in Stripper Effluent Holding Tank T 220 T 220 is a vertical cylindrical FRP tank with a flat bottom and top It is approximately 8 feet in diameter and 5 feet high The tank is located outside the treatment system building below C 200 T 220 supports C 200 and acts as the collection sump for the air stripper column T 220 has a design pressure of atmospheric at 150 F and a total capacity of approximately 1 900 gallons Groundwater is pumped from T 220 by GAC Adsorber Feed Pumps P 220A B P 220A B are horizontal centrifugal ductile iron pumps with type 316 stainless steel impellers capable of pumping 540 gpm of water at 100 feet TDH using a 20 hp TEFC motor The pumps are also equipped with Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS
85. K L M N o o 1 0 SYSTEM OPERATIONS 1 1 GENERAL PROCESS DESCRIPTION In order to provide the reader with a general idea of the water treatment system a brief description on this system is given below A list of the major pieces of equipment associated with this system is given in Table 1 1 A set of process flow and instrumentation diagram drawings numbered P 1 through P 6 are attached in this section The reader is encouraged to refer to these drawings from time to time 1 1 1 Shallow Groundwater Influent Flow and Iron Removal System Groundwater from the shallow wells is pumped to an iron removal system The extracted groundwater enters the first chamber of the mix tank X 130 The mix tank is a rectangular carbon steel tank containing baffles that separate the tank into three equal sized chambers Each chamber is designed to yield approximately 30 minutes hydraulic detention time In the mix tank compressed air is allowed to gently bubble through the water to oxidize any ferrous iron to ferric iron the pH of the water is adjusted with caustic to between 8 5 and 9 0 followed by a polymer solution and a metal scavenger chemical added at the last chamber to flocculate the solids The groundwater and flocculate flows by gravity to an inclined plate clarifier X 131 In the clarifier the flocculated solids are allowed to settle to the bottom while the clarified water overflows a clarifier weir and drains by gravity to a head tank T 145
86. LED ie Sweep up umused carbon and discard in refuse container or repackage WASTE DISPOSAL METHOO of unused carbon in refuse container Dispose of in accordance with local state and federal regulations SECTION VIII HANDLING STORAGE PROTECTIVE GLOVES EYE PROTECTION Rubber gloves recommended Safety glasses or goggles recommended OTHER PROTECTIVE SHATHING Not required RATORY PROTECTION A NIOSH approved particulate filter respirator is recommended if excessive dust is generated LOCAL EXHAUST Recommended MECHANICAL General Recommended CAUTION Wet activated carbon removes oxygen from air causing a severe hazard to workers inside carbon vessels and enclosed or confined spaces Before entering such an area sampling and work procedures for low oxygen levels should be taken to ensure ample oxygen availability observing all local state and federal regulations VENTILATION STORAGE amp HANDLING OTHER PRECAUTIONS Wash thoroughly after handling Exercise caution in the storage and oo handling of all chemical substances Page 4 of 4 PREPARED BY S D Cifrulak SECTION IV FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA Method Used N JUISHING MEDIA fm If involved in fire flood with plenty of water X CIAL FIRE FIGHTING rROCEDURES None UNUSUAL FIRE ANO EXPLOSION HAZARDS Contact with strong oxidizers such as ozone liquid oxygen chlorine permanganate etc may resu
87. Location ID Frequency ID 6 GW1S Quarterly 06 GW01 96C 6 GW1DW Quarterly 06 GWO1DW 96C 6 GW1DW Annually 06 GWOIDA 96 6 GW1DB Annually 06 GWO1DB 96 6 GW27DW Quarterly 06 GW27DW 96C 6 GW27DA Annually 06 GW27DA 96 6 GW28S Quarterly 06 GW28 96C 6 GW28DW Quarterly 06 GW28DW 96C 6 GW32 Quarterly 06 GW32 96C 6 GW33 Quarterly 06 GW33 96C 6 GW34 Quarterly 06 GW34 96C 6 GW40DW Annually 06 GW40DW 96 6 GW40DWA Quarterly 06 GW40DWA 96C Quarterly sample IDs for 3rd quarter 1996 round C annual samples denoted by year only All water levels must be accompanied by new location ID column III 4 2 SAMPLING PROCEDURE Select the sample point per the project requirements The tap should be opened for 2 to 3 minutes or for sufficient time to permit clearing line a smooth flowing water stream at moderate pressure without splashing should be obtained Wear clean sample gloves Then without changing the water flow which could dislodge some particles in the tap collect the samples Regardless of the type of sample bottle being used the bottle cap should not be placed on the ground or in a pocket Hold the bottle in one hand and the cap in the other using care not to touch the inside of the cap Avoid contaminating the sample bottle with fingers or permitting the faucet to touch the inside of the bottle When filling any container care should be taken so splashing drops of water from the ground do not enter into either the bottle or cap Fill the
88. M THAT MEETS OSHA S 29 CFR 1910 134 AND ANS Z88 2 REQUIREMENTS MUST BE FOLLOWED WHENEVER WORKPLACE CONDITIONS WARRANT A RESPIRATOR S USE USE AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS WITHIN USE LIMITATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EQUIPMENT OR ELSE USE SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATORS If air purifying respirator use is appropriate use a respirator with organic vapor cartridges and dust mist prefilters SKIN PROTECTION neoprene gloves Wash off after each use Replace as necessary EYE PROTECTION splash proof chemical goggles 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Specific Grav 70F 1 128 Vapor Pressure mmHG 18 0 Freeze Point F 25 00 Vapor Density air 1 lt 1 00 Viscosity cps 70F 40 3 Solubility water 100 0 Odor Strong Appearance Orange Physical State Liquid Flash Point PF gt 200 P M CC pH As Is approx 12 3 Evaporation Rate Ether 1 lt 1 00 NA not applicable ND not determined PAGE 4 CONTINUED Ur Us Yb 14 39 Byly 190 Las DUE Ls LW PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 gt 40 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY Stable under normal storage conditions HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION Will not occur INCOMPATIBILITIES May react with strong oxidizers DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS Thermal decornposition destructive fires yields elemental oxides ee INTERNAL PUMPOUT CLEANOUT CATEGORIES 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Oral LD50 RAT gt 500 mg kg NOTE Estimated value Dermal LD5
89. MCB Camp Lejeune Operable Unit 2 will be extracted and treated from two water bearing zones in a system with a design treatment capacity of 500 gallons per minute gpm Over 90 percent of the volume to be treated will originate from the more productive deeper water bearing zone while approximately 10 percent contribution is expected from the shallow groundwater zone Groundwater found in the upper water bearing zone is at a low pH and contains a significant quantity of iron and other inorganic compounds that could over time foul treatment equipment if these compounds are not removed In addition the groundwater in this zone as well as the deeper Castle Hayne Aquifer contains Volatile Organic Compounds VOCs at concentrations above the limits that the North Carolina Department of Environmental Health and Natural Resources NC DEHNR will allow to be discharged to Wallace Creek This treatment plant is designed to Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 45 OHM 16032 remove the VOCs below those limits and to remove the inorganic compounds that could foul the treatment equipment Groundwater from the upper water bearing zone is pumped by electric submersible pumps from extraction wells that are drilled to approximately 35 feet below land surface BLS Groundwater is pretreated to remove iron and other inorganics using neutralization followed by flocculation gravity separation and sludge dewatering Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 46 OHM 16032 TABLE 1
90. MINED TLV ACGIH NOT DETERMINED ENGINEERING CONTROLS Adequate ventilation to maintain air contaminants below exposure limits PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Use protective equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 19 10 Subpart RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A respiratory protection program that meets OSHA s 29 CFR a 1910 134 and ANSI 288 2 requirements must be followed whenever PA workplace conditions warrant a respirator s use Use air purifying respirators within use limitations associated with the equipment or else use supplied air respirators If air purifying respirator use is appropriate Use a respirator with organic vapor cartridges SKIN PROTECTION Nitrile gloves Wash off after each use Replace as necessary EYE PROTECTI N splash proof chemical goggles 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Specific Grav 70F 1 025 Vapor Pressure mmHG 18 0 Freeze Point F lt 23 00 Vapor Density air 1l gt 1 00 Viscosity eps 70F 2400 Solubility water 1 0 Odor Slight Hydrocarbon Appearance White To off White Physical State Emulsion Flash Point F gt 200 P M CC pH 0 5 Sol approx 4 1 Evaporation Rate Ether 1 lt 1 00 ra NA not applicable ND not determined PAGE 4 CONTINUED Ver LU DU to AM VAS vu evry PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 gt 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA Ali components of this product are listed in the TSCA inventory CERCLA AND OR SARA REPORT
91. NG COMMAND DRAWING NUMBLF T FUL THE INFORMATION OR DATA CONTAINED HEREIN TESS 7 f GENET 2 A oe Eee APZ iS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRICTARY AND THE PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM services Corp Norcross Georgia ETTE ATLANTIC DIVISION Pel PROPERTY OF ORW REMEDIATION SERVICE CORP OHM AND SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSEC TO CADD FILE Em ISSUE FOR REVIEW e APPROVAL A Subsidiary of OHM Corporation DRAWN E _ SCHUMACHER _ pales BAKCR LANTOIV REVIEW COMMENTS OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER OR SHEF NUMBER IBMITTED CATE REVISED PER FIELD INSTALLATION USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT NAVAL STATION NORFOLK VIRGINA a i PROJECT WANACER DESIGNED DRUBIN K MAK Sa E E ODED BY PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OHM COPYRIGHT GROUNDWATER RECOVERY ANDI ol PROVED DATE PEAR PES OHM REMEDIATION SERVICES CORP 1994 LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT N62470 93 D 3032 DELIVERY ORDER NO 0015 F vo ami SR PRC MER lt PECOPD DRAWINGS KM 5 28 96 E PROV e 2 i fi ED E T ATE CHECKED r OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 MARINE CORPS BASE CAMP LEJEUNE NC TREATMENT SYSTEM 3 27 05 M N O p p w O og m 7 O E S x Lo A a e D E 3 G H l J K M N o p
92. OE AC A eee El EN EEEE I EO MEAE e ES GUIA EN 6 ES RI NM OLETA 2 S ee y Es EAERI MI MY MECA ml EA gt i i i 5 af E kd yar ager Ta la a 097 AN HD o 0 Ea EZ 2 y E 3 f Pi 151 4 E CD 4 POK F 2 bl 1504 08 E ute pel lA Deda O CID gt i z D x 1sor J da xisol deem SP 50 100 fa GITA H 1507 06 Ean 5 PSIG E 6 7 r z f x 1500 T e Y 0 Yo a t 5 E oOo 3 F y E I E TE ID l g B 7 g x 15 SERVICE e AP amp q OUTLET 5 7 Sp g E D 5 3 THIS CONSTRUCTION OPAVING WAS BASED ON THE DESIGN DEVELOPED 3Y He APCHITLCIL ENGINEES OF RECORD BARER ENGINEERS INE NO WARRANT IS EXPPESoch UR SHOULD BE IMD LIC FROM THIS DRAWING 1 SSRS OHM Remediation services Corp Norcross Georgia T y 1 P pen A A ee E DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND DRAWING NUMBER q AT FULL SCALE i j 5 Ti ILT NT MENTAT r 4 ar mot cono conan zone tro Ta Ta ct amo DATA CONTAINED HEREIN T OR A E A nae CADD FILE LEJEUNE 16032 RECORINP 6 owe S FROPERTY OF OHM REMEDIATION SERVICE CORP A LANTIC i VISIO O OHM AND SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSED TO Fe Ih A Subs y n EET LAs A a brawn LANGE OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER OR SHEET NUMBER SUBMITIEO USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER Exccrr NAVAL STATION NORFOLK VIRGINA a cae PROJECT WAGER ne
93. OR IN INPUT TO INTERLOCK gt NEA LOGIC IN PLC l FAN LOS AR COMPRESSOR o POP DRAIN SUBMERSIBLE PUMP OU E F PNEUMATIC CYLINDER Bas CUTPUT FROM INTERLOCK a ACTUATOR 7 SAMPLE POR RESTRICTING OR FICE XY LOGIC IN FIELD OR BY RELAY i INSTRUMENT FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS ies REGULATOR WITH E REGULA VB DREAMER INPUT TO INTERLOCK E f paw di EXTERNAL TAP E EER LOGIC IN FIELD OR BY RELAY 2 SELENE i ARO LEER See TER oth LER EE gt es Jey ERAS A ANALYZER ALAEM ALARM hah f Aap Ag BLIND FLANGE FLANGES 5 A E E AOS L SELF CONTA NED REGULATOR VORTEX SHEDDING 6 LOGIC FUNCTION P Burner rave ane eral DIAPERAGM SEAL FLOW TRANSMITTER S SUM c CONIRUL LOOP Wk MAGES CONTROL EF S t OLER OOOO qe S A ENE DENSITY DIFFERENTIA ERNE ERATOR i pl i x I P TRANSDUCER FUNCTION F VOLTAGE rtevEnT S A DRAIN R RESISTANCE FO FLOW aro FLOW apa jin sk 4 3 WAY SOLENOID ROTAMETER PURGE METER 4 z O G caucz CAUCE 3 4 PLAS i i cu 42 pos E VOLTAGE H HAND MANUAL HICH HICH HICH F ye Ho EJUCTOR an AMPERES INDYCATOR INDICAT R i K 4 WAY SOLENOID ee ee PLC ANALOG INPUT 001 050 J PCWER 4 WTE PE amp LCT y EA IN e y TARSET FLOW METER e51 Bis A E A ET Ke TE ECUN a FC INDICATES FAIL CLOSED a sa A Solaray cae en eL Ed a faba ae papas e E CI N ED PLE ANALOG OUTPUT 10i 1301 1 MOBTURE n i FL INDICATES FAIL LAST N USER S CHOICE E zf HOSE CONNECTION ral 451 y
94. OY priosw crac z a GRALL O a aa A A FO PEEFS TEH da E AN 1 P a Pl AS IRE MOR ba E FLL LING ors k OA iea AA PRO P 245 E Pore noe gt i DYA 2 NES MAK g up wares ERARE PAS S cane aS ABOVE PERA ES Fs ROOF A oO EO o 3 l za E eat cee ETT Noe i dl PUT TT P Mi P an xI o oars F R p f woh evil j IST as E reo a E ANO 169 gt a a ae A e P o pe 7 OY Atay CS joer Set ocr pehd A IN O od O i age A IAN OO x y Ma TAVI me oD Igo E al de P ONE Cas A E cD MA i i A le ty Ste E Di AR NK SN T SEA LE 0Y 90 phe e Y A i 4 y ES 4 tr AN 0054 IETAL gt a E eC A at Sa SCAVENCER PUND 3 SEE E mi postal 1308 1 wow A l l IpO ta J VENCER D boo Te i CHEMIC A i S a I MO 2 FE L eee TER m ay i PUR ATE RR RWD COWEPLSSOF lt 150 s A D y Drawio NO i 6 X ERN CAMLOCK FITTING HON ES yd 201154021 NoCH a a A d ABSORBENT PEPER O a a e C a E ROOF WSUe 121V 04 gt Fe OUTSIDE HATCH NCTE po Z PW PAPTIALLY TREATED WATER TQ T 110 TOD Z ERAWING NO P 4 af 21915904 4 SL gt ci o DRAIN i g 50 NaOH TETN E NOTES POLYETHYLENE CONTAINER T 121 z DE 1000 GAL rm 1 THIS SYSTEM SAVE COVERED TOPS AND FLANGED CONNECTIONS FOR VENTS 2 THIS VALVE TO BE _CCATEO AT THE HIGHP INT OF THE EXTRACTION SYSTEM IN EACH ARCA AND SHALL Ac 43 AN AIR RELEASE V
95. Ou OVYO Ike 238 Operation and Maintenance Manual MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System Volume I of VI Submitted to DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY Contract No N62470 93 D 3032 Submitted by E OHM Remediation lt Services Corp gt A Subsidtary of OHM Corporation 5335 Triangle Parkway Suite 450 Norcross GA 30092 OHM Project No 16032 November 1996 TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume I 1 0 SYSTEM OPERATIONS Li Ved A A AA 1 1 1 1 General Process Description 05 4 ona ne os decease bans aus 1 1 1 1 1 Shallow Groundwater Indluent Flow and Ton Removal System nacre ssena e natoa aae eee NRE een 1 1 1 1 2 Deep Groundwater Influent Flow cick rosana 1 1 LII ro oeda ota a n ke a aa ed EENES 1 10 1 1 4 Cartridge Filtration and GAC Adsorption 1 10 1 1 5 Treated Efluent Storage and Discharge 1 10 1 2 Operating Restart gt tae sheds ot exe a ross 1 10 1 2 1 Pre Startup Checklist yi AA A aan oe 1 10 1 2 2 Security and Site Access o dj Web ede om acdee 1 10 1 2 3 Health and Safety sien iiss e hee eee ew arse Cae awe 1 12 1 2 4 Key Contacts and Site Personnel 0 002000 eee 1 12 1237 SQUID Cert DADC IS cea trat Did lh erates EES 1 26 1 2 6 Baseline Readings ciar Va Weekes es 1 26 1 3 Groundwater Treatment System Startup 2 1 27 1 3 1 Introduction and Purpose una oxo as nb taste waco dst ces 1 27 1 3 2 General Startup Sequence Pe Rest
96. PLC also records the flow rate and displays the Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 51 OHM 16032 instantaneous and total volume of groundwater to date in software modules FI 106 and FIQ 106 respectively 1 4 3 2 Deep Aquifer Extraction System Equipment Groundwater is withdrawn from the Castle Hayne deep Aquifer from deep extraction wells drilled to approximately 110 feet BLS and pumped to the Groundwater Storage Tank T 110 The groundwater is pumped from the extraction wells by well pumps P 101 P 103 P 105 and P 301 The four well pumps have a total pumping capacity of 260 gpm Each extraction well discharge pipe is equipped with a flowmeter pressure gauge and manual ball valve for adjusting the groundwater flow to the desired flow rate Each meter and valve is located aboveground inside a prefabricated heated and ventilated fiberglass structure The groundwater from the extraction well pump discharges from a 4 inch line into a single 10 inch diameter HDPE pipe header that is connected to T 110 The piping after the butterfly valve is installed below the ground surface until it reaches the GWTP At T 110 the pipeline is aboveground and insulated A pressure transmitter PIT 108 is located on the line above grade prior to the connection to T 110 Instrumentation and Control Each well and discharge line contains identical instrumentation and valving For brevity this discussion uses pump P 101 as an example The pressure gauge PI 101 is
97. PLC interface The groundwater from each of the deep well pumps discharges into a single pipe header that is connected to T 110 The pressure in this header is measured and transmitted to the PLC by pressure indicating transmitter PIT 108 The pressure is displayed on the PLC monitor by software module PIA 108 PIA 108 also provides a low pressure alarm that is displayed on the PLC monitor The flow through the deep well header is measured by an above grade turbine flow meter FE 107 and displayed locally and transmitted to the PLC by flow indicating transmitter FIT 107 The flow rate is displayed on the PLC monitor by software module FI 107 The PLC also records the flow rate and displays the instantaneous and total volume of groundwater to date in software modules FI 107 and FIO 107 respectively 1 4 4 Iron Removal System The Iron Removal System is designed to remove the iron and other inorganic compounds from the shallow groundwater through oxidation precipitation flocculation and mechanical solids liquid separation It consists of several integrated components Major equipment items include a Mix Tank Clarifier Sludge Thickener Sludge Dewatering Press Head Tank Chemical Feed System and Instrumentation and Controls 1 4 4 1 Mix Tank Equipment The Mix Tank Item X 130 is a rectangular painted carbon steel tank containing baffles that separate the tank into three equal sized chambers that are each designed to yield Camp Lejeune O
98. Pressure Pressure normal is 80 100 psi Hydraulic Cylinder Pressure Pressure normal is 5600 psi Calculate Chemical Usage Acid Tank level decrease inches Equivalent volume used week Estimated next delivery date Caustic Tank level decrease inches Equivalent volume used week Estimated next delivery date Polymer Level decrease inches Equivalent volume used week Estimated next delivery date Coagulant Level decrease inches Equivalent volume used week Estimated next delivery date Initials of inspector Employee Number Table 2 6 System Down Report Reporting Person ais form is to be completed whenever a system failsafe has triggered whenever the system automatically shuts down or whenever the system is manually shut down to perform maintenance repairs etc Immediately upon noticing the system down complete this form and contact the project engineer Two copies of this form should be made One copy should go to the project engineer and the second to the project manager The original should be kept in the on site file Employee Name and Number Person Who Discovered the System Down Manual Shut Down Complete in Case of Manual Shut Down Why was the system shut down Was the entire system shut down Y N Explain Describe the part of the system that were affected by shut down Exact time and date of shut down Please give detailed information for the reasons the system was sh
99. RO VOLTAGE Control of a power circuit by a lower control circuit voltage can also be obtained by connecting to a separate control voltage source The coil rating must match the control voltage source such as 115 or 24 volts Mr A A PL RMT o a A a A E Le Application Three Phase Motors 19 s hree Phase Power Unbalance A full three phase supply is recommended for all three phase motors consisting of three individual transformers or one three phase transformer So called open delta or wye connections using only two transformers can be used but are more likely to cause problems such as poor performance overload tripping or early motor failure due to current unbalance Transformer ratings should be no smaller than listed in Table 2 on page 3 for supply power to the motor alone Phase designation of leads for CCW rotation viewing shaft end To reverse rotation interchange any two leads Phase 1 or A Black Motor Lead Phase 2 or B Yellow Motor Lead Phase 3 or C Red Motor Lead NOTICE Phase 1 2 and 3 may not be L1 12 and L3 Checking and correcting rotation and current unbalance 1 Establish correct motor rotation by running in both directions Change rotation by exchanging any two of the tree motor leads The rotation that gives the most water flow is always the correct rotation 2 After correct rotation has been established check the current in each of the three motor le
100. RY INFORMATION CALIFORNIA SAFE DRINKING WATER AND TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT PROPOSITION 65 CHEMICALS PRESENT No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds MICHIGAN REGULATORY INFORMATION No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds PAGE 6 CONTINUED VY AN OY o aa MPAA ir vvy PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 7 46 OTHER INFORMATION NFPA HMIS CODE TRANSLATION Health 2 Moderate Hazard Fire 1 Slight Hazard Reactivity o Minimal Hazard Special NONE No special Hazard 1 Protective Equipment B Goggles Gloves 1 refer to section 8 of MSDS for additional protective equipment recommendations CHANGE LOG EFFECTIVE DATE REVISIONS TO SECTION SUPERCEDES w n did ee lt lt 1 e MSDS status 22 AUG 95 REVISED FORMAT PAGE 7 UBF LU YO Le 44 ed PLY FON Fue ee ae BETZ MATERIAL E 7L SAFETY DATA SHEET con EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 PRINTED DATE 07 JUN 1996 PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 PRODUCT APPLICATION AREA FLOCCULANT COMPANY ADDRESS AAR Betz Water Management Group Division Betz Laboratories Inc 200 Witmer Road Horsham PA 19044 Information phone number 215 773 6131 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE HEALTH ACCIDENT 800 877 1940 USA 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Information for specific product ingredients as required by the U S OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD is listed Refer to additional sections of this M
101. S All equipment that is used in confined space will be inspected and as a minimum will meet the following requirements Hand tools will be kept clean and in proper working condition Electric tools equipment and lighting will be intrinsically safe or explosion proof for flammable atmospheres and be equipped with ground fault circuits interrupters GFCD Extension cords will be industrial quality 3 wire and 12 gauge as a minimum Cylinders of compressed gas will never be taken into a confined space with the exception of SCBA tanks or life saving equipment Ladder and scaffolding will meet or exceed OSHA requirements in 29 CFR 1910 25 28 OHM Corporation CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Projece No Permit No BE am Good on this Date Only From To Location Description of Tasic Warkxezs Authorized to Enter Work Monitors Rescue Personnel EMPLOYEE PRE ENTRY BRIEFING Pre Eacry Briefing Conducted by Name Dare SPACE PREPARATION L Is Mumination Adequace 2 Must Electrical Devices be Intrinsically Safe or Explosion Proof 3 Are Non Sparkiag Tools Required f y 4 Are GFCIs In Use 5 Have All Power Cords and Toois Been Visually Inspected 6 7 YES YES YES YES YES Fire Extinguisher Available ar Entrance YES Eye Wash Safety Shower Available YES amp Is Rescue SCBA Availabie YES 9 Work Area Isolated with Signs Barriezs YES 10 All Energy Sourc
102. S fertilizers chemicals nitrate explosives parchment paper glue dyes and pigments as an etchant a lab reagent an electro K lyte in lead acid batteries a dehydrating agent in the manufacture of ethers and esters and an alkylation catalyst in the purification of petroleum the refining of mineral and vegetable oils the leather industry the carbonization of wool fabrics at Ox process by the contact process vanadium De LO the recuperation of fatty acids from soapworks waste water the production of rayon and film the extraction of uranium from HMIS pitchblende and pickling of metal in electroplating baths gas drying and nonferrous metallurgy and to obtain glucose by H 3 the hydrolysis of cellulose F 0 Other Designations CAS No 7664 93 9 battery acid BOV Caswell No 815 dipping acid electrolyte acid hydrogen R 2 sulfate matting acid oil of vitriol sulphuric acid vitriol brown oil PPE Manufacturer Contact your supplier or distributor Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers Guide for a suppliers list Chronic Cautions Handle concentrated sulfuric acid with extreme caution because it is corrosive to all body tissues Vapor inhalation can cause severe lung damage Skin or eye contact can produce severe burns blindness may result Section 2 Ingredients and Occupational Exposure Limits Sulfuric acid concentrated 93 98 sulfuric acid remainder is water Impurities include n 50 100 pp
103. SDS for our assessment of the potential hazards of this formulation _ HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CAS CHEMICAL NAME 64742 47 8 ISOPARAFFINIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE Combustible liquid irritant 12125 02 9 AMMONIUM CHLORIDE Irritant eyes 84133 50 6 ALCOHOLS C12 14 SECONDAKY ETHOXYLATED Irritant eyes No component is considered to be a carcinogen by the National Toxicology Program the International Agency for Research on Cancer or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration at OSHA thresholds for carcinogens PAGE 1 CONTINUED yray vv aaraw ARA cevy PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 7533 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION EUAEALACARARAA ACARREAR ERALRARRRARANMRAAAALAREACRARA LAURA RARO EMERGENCY OVERVIEW CAUTION May cause moderate irritation to the skin May cause dermatitis May cause moderate irritation to the eyes Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract DOT hazard is not applicable Emergency Response Guide is not applicable Odor Slight Hydrocarbon Appearance White To Off White Emulsion Fire fighters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing apparatus full face piece type Proper fire extinguishing media Dry chemical carbon dioxide foam or water Be de dd e RRA Se do de de de de de de de de e de e Sed De ge de de de dir de dr e dd dede e DRNA A RA khhkk ERRANA kkkh POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS ACUTE SKIN EFFECTS Primary route of expo
104. Sum Dalle eet andes 1 42 1 4 Normal Operations and Controls ooooooooo ede 1 43 1 4 1 Normal Operations vases lot ts a ee 1 43 1 4 2 Instrumentation and Control System ooooooom 1 44 1 5 1 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED 1 4 3 Groundwater Extraction System oooonoomomom o 1 45 1 4 3 1Shallow Groundwater Extraction System Dwg P 3 1 30 1 4 3 2Deep Aquifer Extraction System ooooooooooo 1 32 1 4 4 tron Removal System uu ple ca E es 1 33 TALLOS TAS AA Meet aaa woes 1 53 a ap We 5 5 ar ak PR ROR ES Yee A wage 1 55 1 4 4 3Sludge THICKENED 34 5 6 says woes doe Heelers 1 56 1 4 4 4Sludge Dewatering Press ooo lt o o 1 56 1 449 Head Tao ois ee bce hoe orto Se atone arene 1 56 1 4 4 6Chemical Storage st tra web eae omic aie ale ate 1 57 1 4 5 Groundwater Storage and Feed System oooooocooo 1 58 1 4 5 1 Groundwater Storage Tank and Feed System 1 58 1 4 5 2Groundwater Storage and Feed System Instrumentation and Control 1 58 1 4 5 3 Chemical A E Oe EN a 1 60 1 4 6 Air Stripping System ha 1 60 1 4 6 1 Air Stripper Column and Equipment 1 60 1 4 6 2 Air Stripper System Instrumentation and Control 1 61 1 4 7 Liquid Granular Activated Carbon GAC Adsorber System 1 62 14 7 l Cartridge PUSO 1 62 1 4 7 2GAC ARSS iat eds o i eb p a hee 1 63 1 4 8 Effluent Storage and Discharge System oooocoom 1 63 1 4 8 1 Effluent Storage Tank and D
105. Switch the shallow well pumps to OFF position either from the control panel or locally using the HOA switch Water will stop flowing into tank X 130 Head tank T 145 will stop receiving water while pump P 145 continues to run until the low level is reached and interlock pump P 145 to stop on low level e Switch the deep well pumps to OFF position either from the control panel or locally using the HOA switch Water will stop flowing into tank T 110 Tank T 110 will stop receiving water while pump P 110 A B continues to run until the low level is reached and interlock pump P 110 A B to stop on low level Jet mix pump P 120 will also interlock to stop e Tank T 220 will stop receiving water while P 220 A B continues to run until a low level is reached in T 220 and interlocks pump P 220 A B to shut down e After all the well pumps and process pumps have stopped check that the chemical feed pumps caustic acid metal scavenger and polymer are off If not shut them off using the control panel or manually e When the stripper tank T 220 reaches the low level shut off the air stripper fan is interlocked to continue running for 15 minutes Check that the stripper air blower is shut off after this period of time e If shut down will last for an extended period of time shut off the other pumps Check that the spent backwash pump P 205 backwash pump P 241 sump pumps P 025 A and P 115 are off The reuse water pump P 245 should be the last pump to
106. T gt 2 000 mg kg NOTE Estimated value 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY No Data Available BIODEGRADATION No Data Availabie 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS If this undiluted product is discarded as a waste the US RCRA hazardous waste identification number is Not applicable Please be advised however that state and local requirements for waste disposai may be more restrictive or otherwise different from federal regulations Consult state and local regulations regarding the proper disposal of this material 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION DOT HAZARD Not Applicable UN NA NUMBER Not applicabie DOT EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDE Not applicable PAGE 5 CONTINUED MAJENIAL OMIELE VAI Vi ki 8 vare_ August 1985 proouctmame ACTIVATED CARBON E CALGON CARBON CORPORATION SECTION 1 MANUFACTURER S NAME EMERG ENCY Calgon Carbon Corporation TELEPHONE NO 412 787 6700 ADORESS P O Box 717 Pittsburgh PA 15230 0717 CHEMICAL NAME FORMULA ANO SYNONYMS Carbon SECTION If HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS TLV Unita PRINCIPAL HAZARDOUS COMPONENT S BY We IGHT ORAL LOse DERMAL LD ACGIH OSHA OTHEF Chemical a a 7440 44 0 100 gt 10 Kg N A N A N A Name Activated Carbon rat Chemical Neme Nome Chermnicel Name Name Chemical Nemo Name Chemical Nearne Nome No animal mortalities during course of 14 day study CAUTION Wet activated carbon removes oxygen f
107. TDIV FEVIEW COMMENTS P 300 SRW 4 EXTRACTION PUMP O 10 GPM i BELOW GRADE DRAIN ABOVE GRADE DRAIN ABOVE GRADE VAS et SEO ae or aw i ee jc 2 l O BELCW GRADE E Ty NOTE 2 E NOTE 2 23 E il Re Gi EN O A a r x ci xy x e 2 K JO ON ORY ON Ur 0 P 302 SRW S EXTRACTION PUMP 10 GPM BELOW GRADE SEA R ABOVE GRADE fF ASO2N 01 ABOVE GRADE BELOW GRADE F E NOTE 2 T O O D cd oO a Wes ER LE A 7 3028 jj Ue NE XP 302 p rh I LEAN A 1 302A P 302 SRW 5 NOTES 1 REFER TO DRAWING P 3 2 DIGITAL INPUT AND OUT NUMBERS TO SE ASSIGNED BY PLC PROGRAMMER A 8 d gt DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY THE INFORMATION OR DATA CONTAINED HERE N 21 9 ADD TION L PHASE II WELLS RECORD DRAWING E KM 14 11 95 KM PPOPRIETAPY AND THE A PROPERTY OF OHM REMEDIATION SERVICE CORP OHM ANO SHALL NOT BE DISCLOSED TO OHM 9 29 94 OTHERS OR REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER OR BM E USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT BY PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OHM COPYRIGHT OHM REMEDIATION SCRVICES CORP 1994 NAVAL STATION OPERABLE UNIT NO 2 P 304 SRW B EXIRACTION PUMP O 10 GPM BLLOW GRADE port roa fe ATLANTIC LANTDIV RAC CONTRACT N62470 93 D 3032 NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND DIVISION d ABOVE GRADE A ZA N 304VY 02Z
108. TK TR TIE Telemecanique Type LR1 D LRI F amp LR2 D Westinghouse Types FT13 FT23 FT33 FT43 KTD K27D amp K67D Westmaster OLWROO and OLWTOO suffix D thru P Note 3 Adjustable overload relay amp settings apply to approved types listed below Relay adjustment should be set at the specified SET amps and only if tipping occurs with amps in ope b eo pe me MAX ar a Se a Other relay types from these and other manufacturers may or may not provide acceptable protection and they should not be Note 4 Heaters shown for ratings requiring NEMA size 5 used without approval of Franklin Electric starters are all used with current transformers per manufacturer eS ndards Adjustable relays may or may not use current trans mers depending on design Notice Warranty on three phase submersible motors is void unless Subtrol or proper quick trip ambient compensated protection is used on all three motor lines Power Factor Correction pt In some installations power supply limitations make it neces sary or desirable to increase the power factor of a summersible motor The table lists the capacidve KVAR required to increase the power factor of large Franklin three phase submersible motors to the approximate values shown at maximum input loading Capacitors must be connected on the line side of the overload relay or Overload protection will be lost e E K hree Phase Starter Diagrams Three phase combination magneti
109. VALVE i a aa yu 4 ee VENDOR SUPPLIED BL BLOWDOWN INSULATED PIPING ee DISTRIBUTED CONTROL PACKAGE E Dr NEEDLE VALVE PP PERSONNEL PROTECTION y NON DISPLAY FUNCTION bw BACKWASH l LLL INDUSTRIAL FLOOR SCALE D i ESA PLUG VALVE ae INSULATED AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTED CONTROL FLOW STRAIGHTENING VANE CAR ACTIVATED CARBON j a El TRACED PIPING BLIND FUNCTION de i i ESN A OS UE OUEN Or CENTRIFUGAL PUMP WITH BASE GW GROUNDWATER O ROTARY VALVE a aao aN 7 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL Crete i MOR ees lA INSTRUMENT AIR n MANUAL BACKUP j 8 OK 3 WAY VALVE INSULATED AND STEAM NAOH SODIUM HYDROXIDE SOLUTION IS TG TRACED PIFING DISTRIBUTED CONTROL PEE A EEN di WAY VAL H HIGH ALARM A PLANT AIR NOTE gt INSLLATED AND JACKETED L LOW ALARM l KNIFE GATE VALVE oe PIPING DOUBLE D APHRAGM PMR POLYMER i f VALVES SHOWN SOLID ARE CLOSPD FXCFPT EJTTEPFLY AND BALL AIR PUMP LEVEL CAUCE BOARD TEMPERATJRE ELEMENT 2 PW PROCESS WATER 3 _CONTROL_VALVES ONE WITH SEAL o FILLED SYSTEM H SL SLUDGE A PHRAG TL i Ske DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR eee ere d a MOTOR DRIVEN IEN EPEN x OAM OR 2 Mi CATED EETL k ADI AGITATOR OR MIXER UE k 7 DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR CONNECTION FE i F e a LEVEL GAUGE BOARD y VENT i s a INSTRUMENT AIR SUPPLY WITHOUT SEAL kas 1 AND FILTER REGULATOR pl FLECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATOR 5 S y VENTURI FLOW ELEMENT f O SIGHT GLASS EXTRACTION WELL PJW 1 Z OUTPUT FROM INTERLOCK hi P ue PNEUMAT C ACTUATOR AE AIR ELIMINAT
110. a TO T 205 la O ATM ee i FILTER CAKE E LE AS TIA s 1 110 P 110A B Fen at EDES P 101 P 103 PTOS P 301 DRW DRW 2 DRW 3 BMW 1 LES he DEEP_EXTRACTION WELLS DRW 1 2 3 DMW 1 A ETA gt EFFLUENT TO WALLACE CREEK D wo Ran ANA P 220A B F 220A B C SBF cee a TO SEAL WATER MATERIAL BALANCE NORMAL FLOW CONDITIONS FLOWS LESS THAN 05 DENE REPORTED AS 0 0 y SYSTEM to i A UNITS E 7 a a O O m iz NOTES ass Flow tbfhr 7497 178538 7516 s50 170 tec 6 noer ROT NOTE 1 THESE FLOWS OCCUR ONLY DURING BACKWASH APPROXIMATELY EVERY i VOLUME FLOW 62M qph ctm 151 17 4 VETO naL THREE MONTES AND ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE INFLUENT TO THE i a Se IRON REMOVAL SYSTEM a pH N A 85 75 78 70 14 85 es 85 e cio E LOMPOSHION Ee 2 FILTER CAKE VOLUME JS 6ft PER SATCH APPROXIMATELY ONE BATCH i OF RECORD BAKER ENGINEERS INC NO WARRANTY Aall Dal 7516 224609 2 a EE E z E CELE es AEREO PE SES IS EXPRESSED OR SHOULD BE IMPLIED FROM THIS ae eel Se AA ce A Pale DRAWING ELROD o Toto Polo lodo ss 3 FLOW IS INTCRMITTANT ON A BATCH BASIS CJANTITY SHOWN IS AVIT GE ABYTHUBIX SSS O X So OHM Remediation a E FEES SCA T DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERI
111. a maximum drawdown and capture zone Each extraction well is equipped with a check valve Hand Off Auto switch pressure indicator ball valve and a flow meter Each check valve and flow meter is located above ground inside a prefabricated heated and ventilated fiberglass structure The groundwater from each shallow well ultimately discharges into a single 3 inch diameter HDPE header pipe that is connected to a carbon steel line near the initial reactor of the iron removal system Item X 130 See Section 4 0 Instrumentation and Controls Each discharge line and submersible pump has identical instrumentation and valving For brevity this discussion uses pump P 100 as an example The pressure gauge PI 100 is used for measuring the discharge pressure from the extraction well pump A turbine type flow sensor FE 100 is used to measure continuous flow and indicate the operating status of P 100 This information is displayed by F1Q 100 A ball valve is provided for the operator to manually adjust flow rates P 100 is equipped with a Hand Off Auto HOA Switch HS 100 that controls the pump operation This switch allows the pump operation mode to be set to manual hand off switched off to override any other inputs or automatic controlled by the PLC The pump normally operates in the automatic mode The manual position is used during Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 50 OHM 16032 system start up and after pump maintenance to determine pump o
112. ads and calculate the current unbal ance as explained in 3 below If the current unbalance is 2 or less leave the leads as connected If the current unbalance is more than 2 current readings should be checked on each leg using each of the three possible hook ups Roll the motor leads across the starter in the same direction to prevent motor reversal 3 To calculate percent of current unbalance A Add the three line amp values together B Divide the sum by three yielding average current C Pick the amp value which is furthest from the average current either high or low 3 D Determine the difference between this amp value furthest from average and the average E Divide the difference by the average Multipy the result by 100 to determine percent of unbalance 4 Current unbalance should not exceed 5 at service factor load or 10 at rated input load If the unbalance cannot be corrected by rolling leads the source of the unbalance must be located and corrected If on the three possible hookups the leg farthest from the average stays on the same power lead most of the unbalance is coming from the power source However if the reading farthest from average moves with the same motor lead he primary source of unbalance is on the motor side of the tarter In this instance consider a damaged cable leaking splice poor connection or faulty motor winding Hookup 1 Hookup 2 Hookup 3 L1 12 L3 L1 L2 L3 L
113. ae Mice Mie Cra Rta Ml wir ahe Mat id 1 27 1 3 3 Initial Startup tarada sect ptas De do 1 29 1 3 3 1Motor Rotation 0 0 cc eee cece cece eeuee 1 29 1 3 3 2Turn On Pump Seal Water orcas 1 29 1 3 3 3To Initiate Shallow Aquifer Influent Flow 1 30 1 3 3 4Initiate Metals Precipitation he Valin abt Gee ae aD Mead 1 30 1 3 3 5 Initiate Deep Aquifer Influent Flow o oooo o 1 31 1 3 3 6 Flow Equalization in Groundwater Storage Tank 1 32 1 3 3 7 Air Stripper Cartridge Filter and Carbon Absorber Feed Prevarahon sas Seige ed eee suis 1 32 1 3 3 8To Begin the Flow iom T 110 to Air Stripper Cartridge Filters and Carbon AdsorbersS cs os aa 1 33 1 3 4 Normal Snut Down rd A daa 1 34 1 3 4 1 Normal Shut Down Case 1 Maintain Tanks Half fuil oocooooocoo oo o 1 34 1 3 4 2Normai Shut Down Case 2 Maintain Tanks Full 1 35 1 3 4 3Normal Shut Down Case 3 Maintain Tanks at Low Leyal A de gee dona 1 36 1 3 5 Post Shutdown Procedures a a on ae aes ee 1 37 1 3 6 Miscellaneous Equipment Startup and Shut Down 1 37 1 3 6 1 Startup and Shut Down of Siudge Pump to T 140 1 37 1 3 6 2 Startup and Shut Down of Filter Press X 140 1 38 1 3 6 3Siudgs PA foe Mini are Bea ccd MUS as Ra os 1 39 1 3 6 4Baci vash GAC Carton Adsorber 2000000 gt 1 40 1 3 6 5Backwash Water to X 130 Lt lines oe Bee 1 41 1 3 6 6Transter Water from Sump 7 025 1 42 1 3 6 7Transter Water from
114. aft sleeve for wear or scoring replace if necessary O i IMPELLER CLEARANCE SETTING Lock out driver power to prevent accidental wae startup and physical injury _ wee A change in pump performance may be noted over time by a drop in head or fiow or an increase in power required Performance can usually be renewed by adjusting the impeller clearance Two techniques are given to set the impelier clearance the dial indicator method and the feeler gauge method DIAL INDICATOR METHOD l DIAL INDICATOR METHOD 1 Remove coupling guard Refer to coupling guard Fig 19 instructions Appendix ll g 2 Remove coupling Set indicator so that button contacts either the shaft end or against face of coupling Fig 19 4 Loosen jam nuts 423B on jack bolts 371A and back bolts out about two turns 5 Tighten each locking bolt 370C evenly drawing the bearing housing 134A towards the bearing frame 228 until impeller contacts the casing Turn the shaft to ensure contact is made 6 Set indicator to zero and back locking bolt 370C out about one tum 7 Thread jack bolts 371A in until they evenly contact the bearing frame Tighten the jack bolts evenly about one fiat at a time backing the bearing housing 134A away from the bearing frame until the indicator shows the proper clearance per Table 3 8 Evenly tighten locking bolts 370C then jack bolts 371A keeping indicator reading at proper
115. aining hazardous materials DEFINITIONS 4 1 Lockout The placement of a lockout device on an energy isolating device in accordance with this procedure ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout device is removed The lockout device can be key operated or a combination device 42 Tagout The placement of a tagout device on an energy isolating device in accordance with this procedure to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed by the authorized person who originally placed the tagout device in position aa A aA NO AA ee ary LOCKOUT TAGOUT Procedure Number 27__ PageZof3 43 Authorized employee A person who locks or implements a tagout system procedure on machines or equipment to perform the servicing or maintenance on that machine or equipment 5 PROGRAM ELEMENTS Prior to initiating any repairs modifications and or adjustments to operating equipment these steps will be followed 5 1 52 5 3 5 4 5 5 The immediate supervisor with jurisdiction over the equipment and all affected employees will be notified that the energy sources are to be deactivated All sources of power that must be locked out blocked or released will be identified by the immediate Supervisor and the employee who will work on the equipment In order to ensure that the e
116. aintenance Check List Daily Check List Weekly Check List System Down Report Maintenance and Repairs Report Critical Alarms for Groundwater Treatment Plan Effluent Treatment Criteria and Remediation Goals Performance Sampling Summary Laboratory Reporting Limits Monitoring Wells e9 212 01 01 on00008 0 010 00 0006 000000 000 10 009 ee ee ee a ee ee ee 2 rr Ce ee ee ee ee o noo e or e lt lt lt lt 000 00 10 1 0 0 00 Spite were 2 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED APPENDICES Appendix A Volume IL I Table of Contents I Major Equipment List and Contact List MH Equipment Manuals A Air Stripper C 200 Stripper Blower D 200 B Cartridge Filters F 220 A B C C Carbon Filters X 220 A B D Lamelila Clarifier X 131 Appendix B Volume M I Table of Contents I Major Equipment List and Contact List IX Equipment uals Plate Filter Press X 140 Peay palin Compressed Air Dryer X 150C ompressor X 150 A B T Pe Air stripper feed pump P 110 A B Section 1 Sump pump P 025 amp P 025A Section 2 Containment area sump pump P 115 Section 2 Jet mixing pump amp system P 120 Section 3 Caustic feed pump P 121 Section Siudge blowdown pump P 143 Section 5 Supernatant transfer pump P 145 Section 1 Spent backwash water pump P 205 Section 6 Acid feed pumps P 211 P 212 Section 4 Well pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 P 300 P 302
117. al Indicator Method sos ave ea 2 Bie we Se Eee ow wes 31 Feeler Gauge Method ene 32 TROUBLE SHOOTING 300 cies a a A Rea Wa 33 GENERAL COMMENTS BE A routine maintenance program can extend the life of your pump Well maintained equipment will last longer and require fewer repairs You should keep maintenance records this will help pinpoint potential causes of problems MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NGUNNE Meintenelice e Check for unusual noise vibration and bearing e Bearing lubrication temperatures e Seal Monitoring e inspect pump and piping for leaks e Vibration analysis e Check seal chamber stuffing box leakage e Discharge pressure e Mechanical Seal Should be no leakage e Temperature monitoring e Packing Excessive leakage requires adjust ment or possible packing replacement Refer to Section 4 Operation for packing gland ad Routine Inspections justment e Check level and condition of oil through sight glass on bearing frame 27 3 Month Inspections eos e Check foundation and hold down bolts for tightness e If pump has been left idle check packing Replace if required e Oil should be changed at least every 3 months 2000 hours or more often if there are any adverse atmospheric conditions or other conditions which might contaminate or break down the oil or if it is cloudy or contaminated as seen by inspection through the sight giass e Check shaft alignment and realign if r
118. amp M Manual 1 53 OHM 16032 approximately 30 minutes hydraulic detention time at the maximum pumping rate of 21 gpm The entire tank is covered gasketed and vented through the roof Neutralization aeration and flocculation occur in this vessel Water extracted from the shallow extraction wells enter the first chamber of the iron removal system mix tank through a 3 inch diameter drop pipe The first chamber is agitated and aerated by compressed air that is introduced at the bottom through fine bubble diffusers The air flow rate is manually adjusted by a ball valve The pH is adjusted between 8 5 and 9 0 with 50 percent by weight sodium hydroxide NaOH The sodium hydroxide is pumped from a 1 000 gallon high density polyethylene storage container by an adjustable speed chemical metering pump Item P 121 rated at 5 gph The pump is equipped with a Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS 121 that sends and receives digital signals from the PLC The flow from this pump is controlled by PLC adjustment of the speed controller SC 121 At this pH the iron that is in the ferrous Fe state is oxidized to the ferric Fe 3 state and will precipitate as ferric hydroxide Fe OH 3 Water flows over a baffle into a stilling chamber where any fine bubbles adhering to particles and remaining in the liquid are released De aerated water flows under a baffle into the third chamber where a dilute polymer solution is added The diluted polymer is added at a constant
119. and HS 304 which effectively stops pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 P 300 P 302 and P 304 If the water level in T 145 drops below the high level interlock in the PLC software will automatically reset and the pumps will resume operation The shallow extraction well pumps are also controlled by the water level in Groundwater Storage Tank T 110 see DWG P 4 If the water level in T 110 rises above the height of high level switch LSH 110 LSH 110 sends a digital input to the PLC which displays high level alarm LAH 110 LAH 110 trips interlock output I 151 in the PLC software The PLC then sends digital output signals to HS 100 HS 102 HS 104 HS 300 HS 302 and HS 304 stopping pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 P 300 P 302 and P 304 If the water level in T 110 drops below the level of LSH 110 interlock in the PLC software will automatically reset and the pumps will resume operation In the event that a total system shut down has occurred or groundwater flow from this bank of pumps needs to be stopped HIS 103 may be accessed by operators through the PLC interface to start or stop them The groundwater from each shallow well pump discharges into a single pipe header that connects to X 130 The flow through the shallow extraction well header is measured by an above grade turbine flow meter FE 106 and displayed locally and transmitted to the PLC by flow indicating transmitter FIT 106 The flow rate is displayed on the PLC monitor by software module FI 106 The
120. ash water pump P 241 sends the treated effluent water from the treated effluent holding tank T 240 to the GAC adsorbers The spent backwash water is directed to the backwash water holding tank T 205 The cartridge filter elements will be changed manually as required based on differential pressure 1 1 5 Treated Effluent Storage and Discharge The treated effluent water is stored in the treated effluent holding tank T 240 and is discharged by gravity to the designated outfall Wallace Creek The treated water is also used to serve as pump mechanical packing gland seal water and for polymer dilution water by means of the reuse water pump P 245 1 2 OPERATING PRESTART 1 2 1 Pre Startup Checklist Prior to operating the remediation system a number of items must be addressed These items are summarized in this section and in the pre start up check list provided in Table 1 2 1 The Plant Manager or Site Supervisor will have the responsibility of checking and dating and or completing these items prior to startup 1 2 2 Security and Site Access The treatment area and associated extraction wells within Site 82 are located within a secured chain link fenced area Only authorized personnel will be allowed in the exclusion zone within the treatment building or well houses during the startup period This list of authorized personnel will be determined by the Plant Manager Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 10 OHM 16032 CJ LJ O CJ O El LJ 0
121. azardous Products of Decomposition Thermal oxidative decomposition of sulfuric acid can produce sulfur oxides Section 6 Health Hazard Data Carclnogeniclty The LARC O NTP 0 and OSHA 15 do not list sulfuric acid as a carcinogen However a number of studies have associated exposures to sulfuric acid or to acid mists in general with laryngeal cancer In 50 confirmed cases there was an approximately four fold increased risk among highly exposed individuals relative to matched controls It is not known if sulfuric acid can act as a direct carcinogen as a promoter or in combination with other substances 6 Summary of Risks Concentrated sulfuric acid is a severe respiratory tract skin and eye irritant ontinue on next Capyrigin 1992 Genium Publishing Corporation Any commercial use or reproduction without the publisher s permission is prohibiwd No 9 Sulfuric Acid Concentrated 9 92 Section 6 Health Hazard Data continued e A ei oe ee Exposure can result in severe burns tissue damage scarring functional inhibition and blindness if splashed in the eye Although ingestion is likely it may cause severe injury and death Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long Term Exposure Chronic respiratory gastrointestinal ous skin or eye diseases Target Organs Respiratory system eyes skin and teeth Primary Entry Routes Inhalation skin a
122. be maintained between 7 5 and 8 0 The pH is measured in the pump suction line and the recycle line by pH sensors AE 200A B C and transmitted to the PLC by pH indicating transmitters AIT 200A B C The pH measurement is displayed by software module AICA 200 The PLC also provides software selector switch HIS 200C HIS 200C allows the operators to switch between pH sensors AE 200A AE 200B and AE 200C Since pH sensors tend to be high maintenance items this allows a sensor to be taken out of service without shutting down the process This software module receives the pH measurement displays the current pH and controls the flow of the 93 percent sulfuric acid Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 59 OHM 16032 to T 110 AICA 200 controls the acid flow by sending an analog signal to the speed controller SC 211 on P 211 AICA 200 also displays high and low pH alarms when the pH reaches these respective alarm setpoints When the low pH alarm setpoint is reached the PLC displays the alarm sends the alarm signal to the remote monitoring location via telephone lines and activates the common alarm light Interlock 1 201 is tripped when the pH reaches 6 5 which stops the acid feed pump Interlock I 201 resets when pH rises above 6 5 and P 211 restarts The high alarm condition is not transmitted to the remote monitoring location but is only displayed in the control panel and activates the common alarm light Both of these alarms are reset only when the pH of
123. be tuned off if not required Also shut off the air compressor if not needed e Ifrepair on equipment is needed isolate power from the equipment and follow lockout tagout procedures In summary once the well feed pumps are stopped the remaining pumps will cascade to shut down via low tank level interlocks Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 36 OHM 16032 1 3 5 Post Shutdown Procedures e After the system is shut down check that all the shallow and deep aquifer well pumps and all the process pumps are stopped e Check that the jet mix pump P 120 spent backwash pump P 205 backwash pump P 241 reuse water pump P 245 sump pumps P 025 A and P 115 are off Also shut off the air compressor if not needed e Check that the air stripper fan K 200 is stopped e Check that the chemical feed pumps caustic acid metal scavenger and polymer have stopped e If repair on equipment is needed isolate power from the equipment and follow lockout tagout procedures e Close line shut off valve s if needed to isolate the equipment e Ifthe extended shut down will last through cold weather and there is a potential for freezing the pipe lines and tanks located outside the building should be drained The heaters inside the building should be turned on and the building temperature maintained above freezing 40 50 F 1 3 6 Miscellaneous Equipment Startup And Shut Down The following section provides the procedures for startup and shutdown of othe
124. borne concentrations below the OSHA PEL and IDLH values Sec 2 Local exhaust ventilation is preferred since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it ar its source Safety Stations Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations safety quick drench showers and washing facilities Contaminated Equipment Separate contaminated work clothes from street clothes Launder contaminated work clothing before wearing Remove this material from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment Comments Never eat drink or smoke in work areas Practice good personal hygiene after using this material especially before eating drinking smoking using the toilet or applying cosmetics Section 9 Special Precautions and Comments Storage Requirements Avoid physical damage to containers Store in dry well ventilated area away from water acids metals flammable liquids and organic halogens Keep containers tightly closed since sodium hydroxide can decompose to sodium carbonate and carbon dioxide upon exposure to air Since corrosion occurs easily above 140 F 60 C do not store or transport in aluminum or steel containers when tempera tures are near this level Store containers in rooms equipped with trapped floor drains curbs or gutters Engineering Controls To reduce potential health hazards use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control hazardous airborne contaminants and to maintain concen
125. c acid metal scavenger and polymer are off If not shut them off using the control panel or manually Shut off the air stripper fan K 200 15 minutes after water flow to air stripper has stopped from the control panel or locally using the HOA switch Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 34 OHM 16032 If shut down will last for an extended period of time shut off the tank T 110 jet mix pump and other pumps Check that the spent backwash pump P 205 backwash pump P 241 sump pumps P 025 A and P 115 are off The reuse water pump P 245 should be the last one to be turned off if it is not needed Also shut off the air compressor if not required If repair on equipment is needed isolate power from the equipment and follow lockout tagout procedure 1 3 4 2 Normal Shut Down Case 2 Maintain tanks full If it is desired to maintain the tanks full of water after shut down the procedure will be Switch the GAC feed pump P 220 A B to OFF position either from the control panel or locally using the HOA switch Water will stop flowing into tank T 240 Stripper effluent holding tank T 220 will continue to receive water until the high level is reached and 1 221 interlock initiates air stripper feed pump P 110 A B to stop The operator should check and make sure P 110A B is stopped accordingly If not shut off P 110A B manually Tank T 110 will continue to receive water from the wells until a high level is reached that will interlock to shut dow
126. c starters have two distinct circuits a power circuit and a control circuit The power circuit consists of a circuit breaker or fused line switch contacts and overload heaters connecting incoming power lines L1 L2 L3 and the three phase motor 18 Application Three Phase Motors The control circuit consists of the magnetic coil overload contacts and a control device such as a pressure switch When the control device contacts are closed current flows through the magnetic contactor coil the contacts close and power is applied to the motor Hand Off Auto switches start timers level controls and other control devices may also be wired in series in the control circuit FIG 9 LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH OR OTHER CONTROL DEVICE O L CONTACTS Probably the most common type of control encountered Since the coil is connected directly across the power lines L1 and L2 the coil voltage and frequency must match the line voltage FIG 10 LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CONTROL a SWITCH OR ER CONTROL DEVICE i 9 3 Used when it is desirable to operate push buttons or other control devices at some voltage lower than the motor voltage The transformer primary must match the line voltage and the coil voltage must match the secondary voltage of the transformer FIG 11 EXTERNAL VOLTAGE CONTROL aay SWITCH OR CONTROL DEVICE CONTACTS 3 OVERLOAD HEATERS u u ruses I O CONTACTS AD Y TO SEPARATE i CONE
127. cceptable lubricants are Exxon Teresstic EP 68 Mobil Mobil DTE 26 300 SSU E 100 F 38 C Sunoco Sunvis 968 Royal Purple SYNFILM ISO VG 68 Synthetic Lube GREASE LUBRICATED BEARINGS Grease lubricated bearings are pre lubricated at the factory Regrease bearings every 2000 operating hours or 3 months Regrease When raare es 1 Wipe dirt from grease fittings 2 Remove 2 grease relief plugs 408H from bottom of frame 3 Fill both grease cavities through fittings with recommended grease until fresh grease comes out of the relief holes Reinstall grease relief plugs 4084 4 Ensure frame seals are seated in bearing housing and if not press in piace with drains located at the bottom bearings usually 1 two to four hours For most operating conditions a lithium based mineral oil grease of NLGI consistency No 2 is recommended This grease is acceptable for bearing temperatures of 5 F to 230 F 15 C to 110 C Bearing temperatures are generally about 20 F 18 C higher than bearing housing outer surface temperature Table 6 Lubricating Grease Requirements eae Pumpage temperature Pumpage temperature below 350 F 177 C ION PETC NLGIconsistency consiste Mobil MobiuxEP2 A Exxon UnirexN2 5 ske iemrz cus CAUTION Never mix greases of different consistenc NLG icke Pumpage temperatures above 350 F 177 C should be lubricated
128. chemicals e Sulfuric Acid Concentrated e Sodium Hydroxide 50 Liquid e Polymeric Dithiocarbamate e Coagulant e Flocculent e Activated Carbon e Purtagohn e Premium Unleaded Gasoline e Diesel Fuel Oil No 2 D 3 3 HEALTH AND SAFETY STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES The proper health and safety procedures should be followed at all times Presented in this section is a composition of many of the potential and common safety problems and the corresponding standard operating procedures The following is a list of the SOPs attached in this section e Electrical Safety e Slip Trip and Fall Prevention e Lockout Tagout e Personal Lifting Safety Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 3 1 OHM 16032 e Safety Showers and Eyewash Station e Confined Space Entry Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual gt 323 OAM T6032 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET a Material Safety Data Sheets Collection Sheet No 9 Sulfuric Acid Concentrated ed 10 77 Revision D 9 92 Genium Publishing Corporation One Genium Plaza Schenectady NY 12304 4690 USA 518 377 8854 Section 1 Material Identification Sulfuric Acid Concentrated H SO Description Prepared by the C R pentoxide catalyst with sulfur pyrite FeS hydrogen sulfide or sulfur containing smelter gases and from gypsum I calcium sulfate Sulfuric acid is by far the most widely used industrial chemical Its uses include in the manufacture of
129. ckwash one carbon bed at a time by isolating the other carbon bed using the appropriate valves Open the backwash pump P 241 suction line and discharge line butterfly shut off valves 240V 01 and 240V 03 Shut off all sample port valves Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 40 OHM 16032 Start the backwash water pump P 241 either locally using the HOA switch or in the control panel The carbon bed can now be backwashed A backwash cycle generally last for approximately 20 minutes Check that the pump is operating normally and the discharge pressure via PI 241 is normal After backwash is complete stop the backwash pump P 241 Return the valves to their original normal operating positions and start GAC feed pump P 220A B and the water treatment system will be back on line for normal operation 1 3 6 5 Backwash water to X 130 After a sufficient quantity of backwash water has accumulated in the backwash water holding tank T 205 the tank will need to be emptied to make room for future GAC backwash This water will be sent manually to the mix tank X 130 by means of the spent backwash water pump P 205 and two backwash lines to either chamber 1 or chamber 2 of X 130 The procedure for startup of this pump and the corresponding line is as follows Open the pump inlet shut off ball valve 205V 01 Line out the valves on the desired line to X 130 chamber 1 or 2 Make sure all sample ports are closed Start the spent backwash pump P 205 either
130. cone and tighten the bolts AE POLYMER SYSTEM X 132 Section 8 8 A SHUTDOWN AND CLEANING There are few moving parts within the PolyMax These are the metering pump rotameter and solenoid valve Because of the unique and carefully planned design maintenance is greatly simplified Shutdown and Cleaning If PolyMax is used for one shift in a dewatering operation flush and clean the unit before shutdown Shut down the polymer concentrate pump by turning the PUMP off the PolyMax is shut down for extended weekends or longer periods of time the PolyMax should be thoroughly flushed with clean water and drained There are two drain valves inside the PolyMax that allow draining of the unit and back flushing These valves greatly assist in cleaning and draining the unit WARNING Test the cleaning solution one plans to use Some polymer concentrates will react with small amounts of water and plug the piping Mix a small sample of the polymer concentrate with various cleaning agents gt the polymer concentrate dissolves a Shutdown Cleaning Troubleshooting amp Maintenance cleaning solvent could be used If the polymer concentrate gels and does not dissolve one should try another cleaning solvent If water has to be used again test the polymer concentrate If white solid stringy chunks are formed use extra caution Water should eventually clean the equipment CAUTION If wat
131. ction 9 for details Check PolyMax inlet Potential for Water Upon Installation and then Excess pressure surges Hammer or Hydraulic Quarterly may damage the equipment Le See Section 10 Troubleshooting and Maintenance PolyMax Operation and Maintenance Manual 2 If Non Potable water is used clean strainer by others weekly XENON avr Section 9 Spare Parts Ordering Information ES SPARE PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION A Parts List is included in this Operation and Maintenance Manual The information from the list is quite useful in ordering spare parts Please feel free to photocopy the List for your use in requesting the current price of your selected parts Prompt service can be given for spare or replacement parts if Semblex has the following information 1 The Manufacturers name model number and serial number if applicable The Parts List includes most of the frequently requested items 2 If a PolyMax Part Number can be located from the manual the number is quite useful however we maintain extensive project records and the information can be retrieved from our files 3 We will need the exact quantity requested of each item Don t forget to order spares if needed 4 Order fulfiliment information will be requested To complete the order we will need Preferred Shipping Carrier Information Regular Service Second Day or Overnight Delivery te Bill To Address Shipping Address Most Carriers Cannot Del
132. d for obvious deficiencies in the appliance cord and plug If any deficiency is noted the appliance is not to be used Procedure Number 38 Page 2 of 5 3 6 Extension cords are to be kept clean dry free of kinks and protected from oil hot or sharp surfaces and chemicals Extension cords used outdoors shall be Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter GFCI protected All extension cords shall be free from damage and are not to be placed across aisles through doors through holes in a wall or in areas where the cord may be damaged or become a tripping hazard Extension cords must not be placed in walkways or on stairs or steps where the cords may pose a tripping hazard 4 RT MENT 4 1 Double insulated portable industrial type electric tools meeting the requirements of the Underwriters Laboratory are authorized for use ground wire not required Where such a system is employed the equipment must be distinctly marked 42 Portable electrical tools not provided with special insulating or grounding protection are not intended for use in damp wet or conductive location persons standing on the ground or on metal floors 43 All portable electrical appliances and equipment where the non current carrying metal parts are exposed to contact by personnel shall be grounded by continuous conductor of adequate capacity from the device to a grounded receptacle The site safety officer shall resolve any question winch arises as to whether or not
133. d recommendations Follow applicable Federal state and local regulations EPARBesignations Li a RCRA Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 261 22 Characteristic of corrosivity L CERCLA Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 302 4 Reportable Quantity RQ 1000 Ib 454 kg per Clean Water Act Sec 311 b 4 S kwvemely Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 355 Not listed SARA Toxic Chemical 40 CFR 372 65 Not listed OSHA Designations Sodium hydroxide is listed as an Air Contaminant 29 CFR 1910 1000 Table Z 1 A Section 8 Special Protection Data Goggles Wear protective chemical safety goggles per OSHA eye and face protection regulations 29 CFR 1910 133 Since contact lens use in industry is controversial establish your own policy Respirator Seek professional advice prior to respirator selection and use Follow OSHA respirator regulations 29 CFR 1910 134 and if necessary wear a NIOSH ved respirator Select the respirator based on its suitability to provide adequate worker protection for the given working conditions level of ariborne contamination and presence of sufficient oxygen For emergency or nonroutine operations cleaning spills reactor vessels or storage tanks wear an SCBA Warning Air purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen deficient atmospheres Other Wear impervious gloves boots aprons and gauntets to prevent any skin contact Ventilation Provide general and local exhaust ventilation systems to maintain air
134. desiccant dryer is available from Semblex The Part Number is PN 4180 As the drum breathes from temperature changes the dryer will adsorb the moisture in the air Open the drain valve close the dilute polymer outlet valve start the pump and open the rotameter to flush and clean the polymer from the unit The drain valves inside the PolyMax allow back washing which greatly facilitates cleaning M sevcuex aC To Help Prevent Frequent Cleaning Problems An in line strainer or filter for the inlet water line ahead of the PolyMax will help trap suspended solids The suspended solids will coagulate and from a floc inside the PolyMax This causes the floc to stick inside the PolyMax If non potable water recycled water reclaimed water or other type of reused water is used for dilution trapping suspended solids is especially important If the PolyMax is located in direct sunlight algae may build up within the labyrinth detention chamber If non potable water must be used for dilution direct sunlight will accelerate algae growth The result could be a need for more frequent cleaning In a some areas the potable inlet dilution water contains various dissolved solids that is hard water Very few polymer concentrates may react with the dissolved minerals within the dilution water A heavy lime scale deposit may be formed within the unit These scales can be very difficult to remove safe
135. dge Filters and Liquid Granular Activated Carbon GAC Adsorber System 1 4 7 1 Cartridge Filters Equipment Before groundwater flows to the Liquid GAC Adsorber System it is prefiltered by Cartridge Filters F 220A B C which are arranged in parallel F 220A B C are in line 10 micron filters 18 inches in diameter and 5 feet high each capable of handling 250 gpm at a design pressure of 75 psig at 150 F These filters are constructed of 304 stainless steel The spare replaceable filters are made of paper These filters remove any particulate solids that may have come through the system This helps to limit backwashing of the GAC vessels The units are arranged in parallel so that the system may remain in operation during cartridge replacement Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 62 OHM 16032 Instrumentation and Controls The only instrumentation associated with F 220A B C are local pressure gauges and High high Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter PDIT 220A When the differential pressure across the filters exceeds 20 psi PDIT 220A sends an analog output to PDIA 220A which is displayed on the PLC monitor This high alarm activates the common alarm light in the control room Local indication of pressure on upstream and downstream sides of the filters is measured by Pressure Gauges PI 220 C and PI 220D respectively 1 4 7 2 GAC Adsorbers Equipment Groundwater flows from F 220A B C to the Liquid GAC Adsorber System X 220A B where t
136. ductor within the cable jacket and shall be equipped at each end with either explosion proof or non explosion proof three wire grounded receptacles and plugs but not with one of each depending on the location and intended use No bybrid ungrounded or external ground wire extension cords are allowed If a cord is damaged it shall be shortened or replaced by an electrician never patched with electrical tape Cords shall be protected against contact with oil hot surfaces and chemicals Cords must not be bung over nails or other sharp edges or placed where vehicles may run over them ELECTRICAL FUSE REQUIREMENTS 7 1 72 73 Circuits must be de energized by lockout and tagout procedures before attempting to replace fuses Bridging of fuses or circumventing the normal operation of circuit breakers is prohibited Blown fuses shail not be replaced with fuses having a higher amperage or voltage rating Fuses should be replaced in kind to maintain proper circuit protection l Use a fuse puler to remove fuses 82 83 This program provides the minimum requirements for an assured equipment grounding conductor program and reflects the requirements of 29 CFR 1910 504 It also applies to circuits and equipment not attached to a permanent building or structure OHM and its contractors will implement either a written assured equipment grounding conductor program or use GFCI s when using temporary wiring cords a
137. e and off site personnel Emergency contacts and phone numbers are provided in the HASP Several of the major equipment vendors will provide startup assistance to verify that equipment has been installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and that equipment is functioning within the specified operating parameters They will be available to provide startup assistance under the direction of the Plant Manager Key Vendor contacts phone numbers and fax numbers for the major mechanical and electrical components are provided in Table 1 2 3 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 12 OHM 16032 TABLE 1 2 2 clinstr1 lit KEY CONTACT LIST OHM Project 16032 onsite pp Project Manager Alan white Project Supervisor Randy Smith Project Supervisor Dwayne Currie Deputy Program Manager EE PARDO ESAS Greg ites Technical Manager Kai Sr Project Engineer Tom Mecrory Sr Project Hydrogeologis Angelo Liberatore Reg H amp S Manager tt Chei Hansen AROC HREJ John Cotton Construction Inspector ae Jerry Haste COTR romo NC DEHNR Patrick Watters Superfund RPM OwnerPM Donald Hatcher Owner PM MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System 910 451 2390 770 734 8072 910 451 2599 910 451 2599 770 453 7707 713 775 7631 910 451 2390 770 453 7686 770 453 7687 770 453 7607 770 453 7663 770 453 7671 615 755 9753 910 451 2583 910
138. e instead of the bottom This will prevent water that has condensed and is sitting at the bottom of the main line from being drawn down into the filter press An air dryer is recommended if extreme amounts of water are present Air lubrication should not be used 5 Filter Plates and Cloths WEEKLY A Check filter plates sealing surfaces for slurry build up Clean as necessary B Check filter cloth for slurry build up Pressure wash or pad wash cloths as process dictates YEARLY A Replace filter cloths depending on filter press utilization and process results The average life of a filter cloth is approximately 1500 filtration cycles 6 Filter Cloth Installation In order to put a set of filter cloths on the filter plates whether it be a new press or simply changing the filter cloths the following steps should be taken The design of the cloths used by Netzsch allows the mounting of the cloths without removing the filter plates from the press The procedure is simple and takes little time to accomplish 1 By laying on a flat surface fold one section of cloth diagonally to create a diaper shape 2 Fold edges so they overlap 3 Roll carefully this folded portion as tight as possible into a cylinder 4 Push this cylinder through center hole of filter plate ll NETZSCH General Maintenance Continued 5 Spread rolled cloth out on back side of plate Turn cloths until grommets are properly positioned to plate
139. e piece type EXTINGUISHING MEDIA Dry chemical carbon dioxide foarn or water HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS Seat Thermal decomposition destructive fires yields elemental oxides 2 gt FLASH POINT gt 200F P M CC 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES PROTECTION AND SPILL CONTAINMENT Ventilate area Use specified protective equipment Contain and absorb on absorbent material Place in waste disposal container Flush area with water Wet area may be slippery Spread sand grit DISPOSAL INSTRUCTIONS Water contaminated with this product may be sent to a sanitary sewer treatment facility in accordance with any local agreement a permitted waste treatment facility or discharged under a permit Product as is Incinerate or land dispose in an approved landfill 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING Normal chemical handling STORAGE Keep containers closed when not in use Protect from freezing Product forms an unusable solid that can not be thawed even at room temperature if subjected to freezing conditions PAGE 3 CONTINUED A E PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 En eee gt 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSURE LIMITS CHEMICAL NAME ISOPARAFFINIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE PEL OSHA 400 PPM TLV ACGIH NOT DETERMINED AMMONIUM CHLORIDE PEL OSHA NOT DETERMINED TLV ACGIH 10 MG M3 STEL 20MG M3 AS FUME ALCOHOLS C12 14 SECONDARY ETHOXYLATED PEL OSHA NOT DETER
140. e to contaminants to acceptable levels 8 LABELING AND POSTING 8 1 Any signs warning of dangers in the work area will be in English and the predominant language of any non English reading workers 82 All entrances to confined spaces at OHM facilities and on going projects J will have appropriate signs posted The signs should include the following if applicable Danger Confined Space Entry Entry by Permit Only The following statements shall be added where necessary Respirator Required for Entry AS Lifeline Required for Entry Hot Work Permitted or No Hot Work A 9 10 83 ACE ENTRY Procedure Number 24 CONFINED SP Page 4 of 5 Emergency numbers will be conspicuously posted near the work area or at the telephone nearest the work area SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PPE The site safety officer or site supervisor will determine and list on the confined space permit the necessary safety equipment and PPE The site supervisor will ensure that the safety equipment is properly used and is maintained in the proper working condition These items may include but are not limited to Eye face protection Head protection Foot protection Protective clothing Hearing protection Respiratory protection Safety bells Alarms Harnesses Lifelines Wrist harnesses Life jackets Fall nets Barricades Retrieval systems WORK PRACTICES 10 1 102 Purge and Ventilation During purge and ventilation proc
141. ead Tank is displayed on the PLC monitor by software module LICA 145 When the low alarm set point is reached interlock input 1 145 is tripped which stops pump P 145 Under a high level alarm condition interlock input 1 146 is tripped which shuts off shallow extraction well pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 etc caustic pump P 121 polymer dilution water valve SV 243 polymer feed pump X 132 and spent backwash water pump P 205 The desired tank level can be preset to maintain automatically at this level When water level reaches this preset level the pump will automatically start and draws water to below the level which stops the pump 1 4 4 6 Chemical Storage Equipment The 50 percent NaOH used to neutralize the shallow groundwater is stored in a 1 000 gallon polyethylene container The tank is supplied with 1 inch piping that allows the Caustic Supply Pump P 121 to withdraw caustic from the polyethylene container pH control and caustic addition controls were previously discussed in Section 1 4 4 1 Concentrated polymer solution is supplied and stored in 55 gallon polyethylene drums As discussed in Section 1 4 4 2 a polymer addition system is supplied that mixes the concentrated polymer with reuse water and delivers the diluted solution to the third compartment of the Reaction Tank X 130 Instrumentation and Controls The NaOH storage container is equipped with a locally mounted pressure type level indicating transmitter LIT 121 LIT 121 tra
142. ed Date and time work started Date Time Personnel subcontractors supplies etc used in repair or maintenance Work authorized by roject Engineer Date Equipment Specialist Date 2 7 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES AND DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES This section contains selected troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques from the manuals of equipment on the site These are to be used as supplements only and the owner s manual should always be referred to during troubleshooting The selected troubleshooting guides attached in this section are e Air compressor e Air dryer e Carbon adsorbers e Air stripper e Polymer system e Well pump submersible motors e Filter press e Goulds pumps 2 8 WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS The wiring diagrams and control diagrams can be found assembled in separate stick files in the drawing rack and are not attached to these manuals Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 2 13 OHM 16032 TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDES AND DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES AIR COMPRESSOR X 150 A B SECTION VI MAINTENANCE This machine contains high pressure air which can cause injury or death trom flying parts Hazardous voltage Y Can cause severe injury or death Always release pressure trom compressor and air receiver before removing caps plugs fittings covers etc Disconnect main power before servicing compressor SERVICE INTERVAL Operating Hours Months whichever comes first
143. ed Lubricant or Tools Cleaning supplies Hand tools and disposal of used oil Compressor oil Hand tools Grease Using approved method Cleaning tools Use good quality lithium based grease conforming to NLGI Grade 2 consistency Do NOT use high temperature grease Cleaning supplies and oil SAE 10 rated at 200 SUS 100 F or equal Oil ISO grade 68 at 100 F ISO grade 100 gt 180 F and synthetic gt 350 F TABLE 2 3 6 MONTH OR GREATER MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION CHECK LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System Check Maintenance Equipment Work to be Required Y Frequency Description Performed Lubricant or Tools Every 6 Air dryer Disassemble clean Hand tools months automatic drain valve Every 6 Air dryer Disassemble clean Hand tools months separator bowl l Every 6 Air dryer Inspect clean Hand tools months condenser coils Lubricate fan motors with 20 wt motor oil Lubricate bearings Every 6 Siemens motors months for Goulds pump g 7 Yearly Filter plates and cloths Yearly Goulds pump Polyurea base and good grade of petroleum oil No 2 consistency temp range to 300 F Drain and replace hydraulic oil SAE 10 rated at 200 SUS 100 F or equal Remove muffler filter and clean in solvent Replace filter cloths depending on utilization and results Average life is 1500 filtration cycl
144. ed F O B Springfield Missouri unless otherwise instructed at prices in effect at time of shipment Direct orders to Spare Parts Department SEMBLEX 1635 W Walnut Street Springfield Missouri 65806 Telephone 417 866 1035 Facsimile 417 866 0235 SERVICE DATA PAGE 26380 DATE September 1 1992 SUPERSEDES 10 1 88 Submersible Motors Application m Installation m Maintenance Manual Water Well Motors Single and Three Phase 60HZ 4 6 and 8 Diameter e ii w LO Fran klin Electric QUALI IN THE WELL 5 3 Month inspections e Check foundation and hold down bolts for tightness e if pump has been left idle check packing Replace if required e Oil should be changed at least every 3 months 2000 hours or more often if there are any adverse atmospheric conditions or other conditions which might contaminate or break down the oil or if it is cloudy or contaminated as seen by inspection through the sight glass Check shaft alignment and realign if required Annual inspections e Check pump capacity pressure and power If pump performance does not satisfy your process requirements and process requirements have not changed pump should be disassembled inspected and worn parts shouid be replaced otherwise a system inspection should be done MAINTENANCE OF BEARINGS OIL LUBRICATED BEARINGS WARNING Remove fill plug 408H and add oil until level is at the center of
145. edures blower controls will be a safe distance from the confined space Initial testing is to be conducted prior to purge ventilation to determine what precautions are necessary If a flammable atmosphere exists all electrical equipment must be intrinsically safe or explosion proof Continuous ventilation will be required when welding or painting in a confined space or where a toxic atmosphere may form from desorption from walls or evaporation of chemicals Ventilation systems must not prevent egress from the area or interfere with communications Isolation Lock out Tag out Each confined space will have isolation procedures specifically developed The confined space must be completely isolated from all systems by physical disconnect block and bleed or blanking and tagging Electrical systems must be de energized and locked out All systems should be checked for stored energy before any entry into confined space is attempted CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Procedure Number 24 Page 3 of 5 10 3 Cleaning Cleaning procedures will be reviewed and approved by the qualified person Initial cleaning will be conducted from outside the tank whenever possible to minimize exposures to employees Cleaning may be accomplished by flushing with water or chemical cleaners At times the use of a Butterworth cleaning head may be required In any case gross material must be removed before entry is performed 11 EQUIPMENT AND TOOL
146. eed within one half second or less The load current goes from zero to locked rotor amps about 5 to 7 times running amps and drops to running amps at full speed This may dim lights cause momentary voltage dips to other electrical equipment and shock load power distribution transformers Power companies often venir soft starters or limit motor KVA load that may be started directly on line There are also times when it may be desirable to reduce motor starting torque This lessens the stress on shafts couplings and castings as well as the supporting discharge piping A strong voltage supply and very little cable voltage drop produces high starting torque In otherwords this is an installation that is electrically and mechanically stiff Reduced voltage starters are often used to reduce starting KVA or torque and sometimes to slow the immedate acceleration of the water on start up to control upthrust and waterhammer With maximum recommended cable length where there is a 5 voltage drop in the cable there will be about 20 reduced starting current and about 36 reduced starting torque compared to having rated voltage at the motor On some installations this may be enough reduction in starting current so that reduced voltage starters may not be required Standard 3 motors have three line leads so only resistance autoransformers or solid state reduced voltage starters may be used The autotransformer type is preferred o
147. efrigeration system maintenance should be per DXR Series 75 scfm 1000 scfm med by a competent refrigeration mechanic Before _Orrective maintenance is done during the warranty period call your local distributor and proceed according to instructions Refer to the warranty for limits of your coverage Daily Maintenance Check the operation of the automatic drain valve at least once during each 8 hour shift See the Field Service Guide for remedies to ADV malfunctions See the In strumentation section for ADV adjustment For models with the System Operation Monitor check the following readouts high evaporator temperature e refrigerant suction temperature e refrigerant discharge temperature e alarm lights Refer to the Instrumentation section and the Field Service pide for further information Monthly Maintenance For air cooled condensers inspect the condenser coils Remove dust dirt or other particles with a soft brush or with compressed air from an OSHA approved air nozzle that limits its discharge pressure to 30 psig If the coils are coated with oil grease or other substances that reduce the cooling efficiency clean the coil Service Due Indicator On systems equipped with the System Operation Monitor the blue SERVICE DUE indicator will light after 4 500 hours six months of dryer operation At this time com plete the following e Disassemble and clean automatic drain valve e Disassemble and c
148. el for use as permissive interlocks and to stop P 220A B at a high high level condition LIT 240 measures and transmits the water level in the tank to the PLC where it is displayed by software module LIA 240 LIA 240 is a level indicator alarm LIA 240 also provides a display and an alarm for low low level low level high level and high high level when these setpoints are reached When the low alarm on T 240 is tripped the software provides interlock output signal 1 240 which is a permissive interlock in the PLC If 1 240 is tripped then pump P 241 is disabled and will not be allowed to start however if I 240 is tripped while P 241 is in operation P 241 continues to complete its run cycle It is then disabled and prevented from starting again I 240 and the level alarm is reset when the level returns within the setpoint range When the high alarm is tripped it is displayed in the PLC When the high high alarm is tripped the software provides interlock output signal I 242 to HS 220A or HS 220B stopping the GAC adsorber feed pump that is operating The PLC software recognizes which pump is running by first analyzing the status of the software position indicators XI 220A and XI 220B If 1 242 is tripped then the pump must be reset using the appropriate start stop Hand Indicator Switch either HIS 220A or HIS 220B HIS 220A and HIS 220B are accessed by the operators through the PLC interface The gravity flow of groundwater discharging from T 240
149. equired 6 Annual inspections e Check pump capacity pressure and power If pump performance does not satisfy your process requirements and process requirements have not changed pump should be disassembied inspected and worn parts should be replaced otherwise a system inspection should be done MAINTENANCE OF BEARINGS OIL LUBRICATED BEARINGS Pumps are shipped witho rings must be lubricated at the job site gt Remove fill plug 408H and add oil until level is at the center of the sight glass 319 Replace fill plug Fig 18A See Table 4 Change the oil after 200 hours for new bearings thereafter every 2000 operating hours or 3 months whichever comes first Table 4 Oil Volumes A high quality turbine oil with rust and oxidation inhibitors should be used For the majority of operational conditions bearing temperatures will run between 120 F 50 C and 180 F 82 C In this range an oil of ISO viscosity grade 68 at 100 F 40 C is recommended If bearing temperatures exceed 180 F 82 C use ISO viscosity grade 100 with Bearing Frame cooling See Table 5 For higher operating temperatures pumpage above 350 F 177 C synthetic lubrication is recommended Table 5 Lubricating Oil Requirements o ea ISO Grade VG 68 Approx SSU at E onsiz css cto Kinem viscosity at 100 0 100 F 40 C mm sec A A Some a
150. er Check and Service Solenoid Check Solenoid Electrical Clogged Solenoid Remove and Clean Clogged Rotameter Water Will Not Shut Off Worn Solenoid Valve Parts Rebuild or Replace the Solenoid Valve Clean Solenoid Valve Check Power Source Should be 110 to 120 Volt Clogged Solenoid Valve Electrical Buzzing or Noisy Supply Voltage Problem Burned Out Relay Coil Replace Relay Water Pressur e Too High or Low Rotameter Ball Sticks Rotameter Partially Plugged Disassemble and Clean the Rotameter Piping Leaks Missing O Rings Replace O Rings Union Loose Hand Tighten Unions Inlet Water Flow Too Low Inlet Water Pressure Diaphragm Pump Doesn t Increase Inlet Water Flow Rate Run PolyMax Plugged In Turn On Pump Switch Test Pump Switch and Replace If Defective Internal Pump Fuse Burned Out Test Pump Electronics and Solenoid No Power Check for a Loose Fitting on the Inlet of the Pump Tighten Inlet Piping Air Leak in Inlet Piping Air Bubbles in Pump Discharge Line Diaphragm Pump Runs But Replace Pump Diaphragm at Reduced or No Output Capacity Ruptured Diaphragm Disassemble Pump Head and Clean Inspect and Clean Inlet and Outlet SS Ball and Springs Inspect and Clean Black Hypalon Seal Rings Pump Diaphragm Chambers Plugged or Solid Chunks Visible in the Pump Head Follow Pump Pri
151. er is used and reacts with the polymer concentrate always dry the system completely The inlet polymer concentrate piping metering pump metering pump discharge valves and piping should be completely dry Household bleach mineral oil mew motor oil warm water and concentrated salt solutions are cleaning solvents for some polymeric flocculating agents The polymer supplier may also have recommendations regarding the selection of cleaning solvents Avoid using strong organic solvents such as kerosene acetone xylene or other types of strong organic solvents These types of solvents may under certain circumstances dissolve the PVC piping or other plastic components If you have guston about the compatibility of various solvents and the PolyMax please call your Semblex M samex 2 m Representative or Semblex Direct Removal of Algae and Microbes One of the best ways to clean the PolyMax clear acrylic detention chamber and in line mixers is to fill the PolyMax completely with full strength household bleach Fill the unit and Jet stand for 3 to 4 hours The bleach will kill the bacteria and algae growth on the walls The optional pump inlet calibration column may be used to feed the bleach solution through the metering pump After soaking the unit for several hours or overnight thoroughly flush the PolyMax with clean water Removal of Polymer Solution and Residue For short term shutdown over a wee
152. erties Due to the diversity of operating conditions it is however not possible to give definite indications as to its life DYNAMIC SEAL Never operate the pump without liquid supplied Dynamic Seal Components to mechanical seal Running a mechanical sea dry even for a few seconds can cause seal hysical injur i Repeller The dynamic repeller effectively prevents damage and must be avoided P leakage of pumpage through the stuffing box when can occur if mechanical seal fails the pump is operating under published acceptable it conditions Dynamic seal parts do not wear substantially to affect operation uniess the service is PACKED STUFFING BOX i particulariy abrasive or corrosive Refer to Section 6 for maintenance disassembly and repair A static seal is used to prevent leakage when the pump is shut down This is either a lip seal elastomeric face seal or graphite packing The lip The stuffing box is not packed at the factory and must and elastomeric face seal require no maintenance be packed properly before operation of the pump The other than replacement when leakage becomes packing is furnished in a box of fittings which excessive The packing should be installed as for accompany the pump The packing used must be stuffing box packing and is a special type designed to suitable for the pumpage Make sure the stuffing box_ run dry so does not require an external flush is clean Examine sh
153. es System inspection Check pump capacity pressure power Dissemble pump and inspect 2 4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS The system should be shut down immediately in any event that is deemed unsafe to personnel or could cause damage to the equipment The following table summarizes some of the environmental conditions that could cause damage to the system and the suggested course of action for each Environmental Conditions Condition Course of Action Freezing Temperatures Building temperature should be maintained at 40 to 50F If this temperature cannot be maintained shut system down and drain all fluids Try to repair heating problem Severe Weather Shut system down wait for severe weather to pass and then restart tornado hurricane etc system Flooding Shut system down keep all electrical connections dry if possible Shut system down evacuate building 2 5 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Follow all maintenance and lubrication schedules as provided in the owners manuals located in Appendices II III IV and V The daily and weekly checklists Tables 2 4 and 2 5 respectively are provided to help identify any potential problems These checklists combined with a watchful eye can prevent system down time and increase system efficiency Lubrication frequency and recommended lubricants are provided in Tables 2 2 and 2 3 Specific lubrication points are included in each owners manual and all manuals are located i
154. es e If it is desired to operate the sump pump P 025 or P 025A manually turn the HOA switch to hand position To shut off the sump pump P 025 or P 025A e Turn the HOA switch to Off position e Close the valve 025V 04 if it is desired to isolate the line 1 3 6 7 Transfer Water from Sump T 115 Water collected in the containment sump T 115 is directed to tank T 110 via the sump pump P 115 High low level float switches are installed in the sump to automatically switch the sump pump P 115 on and off if the HOA switch is set in the auto mode The startup procedure for P 115 is as follows e Open valve 115V 02 to direct sump water flow to T 110 e Set the local HOA switch to Auto and the sump pump will be interlocked to turn on and off by the float level switches e Ifit is desired to operate the sump pump P 115 manually turn the HOA switch to hand position Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 42 OHM 16032 To shut off the sump pump P 115 Turn the HOA switch to Off position e Close the gate valve 115V 02 if it is desired to isolate the line 1 4 NORMAL OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS 1 4 1 Normal Operations After the water treatment plant has been started up the plant can run automatically with the help of the instrumentation and controls build into the system The flow to the water treatment plant is estimated to be a total of 290 gallons per minute gpm with 30 gpm from the shallow wells going to X 130 and 260 gpm f
155. es Reset or replace as required 6 Check proper connection and support of compressed air lines to the dryer check bypass valving system if installed 7 Ensure adequate ventilation for air cooled dryers 8 For water cooled models check that the water supply is connected to the water regulating valve on the con denser Confirm that the cooling water supply meets the required flow and temperature see Table 1 9 Confirm that the inlet air temperature pressure and airflow to the dryer meet the specified requirements yom see Tables 10 and 11 1 _onfirm that the condensate lines from the automatic drain valve discharges into a collection tank or an en vironmentally approved disposal system 11 After 30 minutes of operation check the HIGH EVAP light or CHECK OPERATING CONDI TIONS indicator If this indicator is lit turn the dryer off and call your local distributor 12 If the CHECK OPERATING CONDITIONS in dicator has turned off after 30 minutes of operation check the following temperatures on the System Operation Monitor Refrigerant discharge head temperature should be within the range of 140 F to 220 F Refrigerant suction temperature should be within the range of 32 F to 55 F If either temperature is out of range see the Field Ser vice Guide for correction dryer is designed to run continuously Let the dryer run when the demand for compressed air is interrupted the c will not freeze up
156. es Locked Tagged Out YES 11 All Input Lines Capped Blinded YES 12 Vessel Contents Drained Flushed Neutralized YES 13 Vessel Cleaned Purged YES 14 Ventilation Provided 30 Minutes Befare Entry YES 15 Communication Requiremeass VISUAL 16 Level of Respiratory Protection B 17 Type of Chemical Protective Clothing Required TYVEK 18 Type of Giove Material Required NITRILE E NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO VOICE Cc SARAN Pvc A ej G L Text for Oxygen Contenc 2 Test for Flammable Concentration LEL 3 Test for Toxic Concentracion ppm of 4 Continuous Monitoring Required EMERGENCY RESCUE PROCEDURES L ls a Site Specific Rescue Plan Required YES 2 Are Personne Trained for Confined Space Rescue Available YES NO s 3 If NO Has an Outside Agency Been Notified YES 4 Ourside Rescue Agency Name Phone No ENTRY EGRESS REQUIREMENTS L Are Ladders Required for Encry YES NO 2 Are Vertical Extraction Rescue Devices Required YES NO 3 Is Fall Protection Required YES NO OTHER POTENTIAL HAZARDS L Noize YES NO CONTROL 2 Heat Stress YES CONTROL 3 Coid Stress YES NO CONTROL 4 Biological Agents YES NO CONTROL SUBCONTRACTOR NOTIFICATION Contactor Notified of Permit Conditions Potential Hazards N A PERMTT AUTHORIZATION a I cernfy that have inspected the work arca for safety and reviewed ail safety precautions recorded on this permit Lv i
157. et Shut off Check Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve NIN TN NM lt lt lt lt olojo jo Q un B fu T Ball Valve T 211 Acid Outlet Shut off from Tank P i 211V 07 205V 03 205V 04 205V 06 205V 07 01 220V 01A Ball Valve Ball Valve Butterfly Valve Check Valve pT N N NIN N em Kem un u Un lt lt lt lt gt o uN N Re 40f5 TABLE 1 2 5 Cont Gate Valve P 220A Inlet Shut off Check Valve P 220A Outlet Back Flow Preventor Butterfly Valve P 220A Outlet Shut off Gate Valve P 220B Inlet Shut off P 220V 02 20V 03 20V 04 220V 05 220V 06 220V 07 220V 08 220V 09 Check Valve Butterfly Valve Ball Valve Ball Valve P 220A B Recycle Line Shut off 20V 10 Butterfly Valve 20V 11 Butterfly Valve 20V 12 Butterfly Valve FCV 220 Bypass Shut off Butterfly Valve 14 Butterfly Valve 220V 15 Butterfly Valve 220V 16 Butterfly Valve 20V 17 Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve N N N gt pon Ww N N N Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve 220V 24 Butterfly Valve Check Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve 20 Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve X 220B Inlet Shut off Table Cont
158. eune O amp M Manual 4 5 OHM 16032
159. extraction systems for high levels in T 110 T 110 is also equipped with differential pressure type level indicating transmitter LIT 110 LIT 110 measures and transmits the fluid level in the tank to the PLC where it is displayed by software module level indicator controller alarm LICA 110 This software module receives the level measurement provides a software setpoint to the flow indicating controller alarm FICA 110 displays the current tank level and displays low tank level alarm when the level reaches the low alarm setpoint Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 58 OHM 16032 The low level switch LSL 110 and or the LICA 110 also provides a display and an alarm for low tank level when this setpoint is reached When this alarm is tripped the software provides interlock output signal 1 110 to HS 110A or HS 110B HS 211 and HS 120 stopping the pumps that are operating The PLC software recognizes which pump is running by first analyzing the status of the software position indicators XI 120 XI 211 XI 110A and XI 110B If 1 110 is tripped then the pump must be reset using the appropriate start stop hand indicator switches HIS 120 HIS 211 HIS 110A or HIS 110B HIS 120 HIS 211 HIS 110A and HIS 110B are accessed by the operators through the PLC interface Pumps 110A B are also controlled by high level in the Stripper Effluent Holding Tank Item T 220 see DWG P 5 Interlock I 221 is tripped upon reaching a high level set point which stops P 110A B Pu
160. fer to the manufacturer s manual for further troubleshooting techniques A pneumatic hydraulic logic schematic is provided in Section 7 pps EOS NETZSCH Netzsch 630LP Filter Press Filtration Systems Chapter XI GENERAL MAINTENANCE 1 Air Oil Hydraulic Closure System Note It is very important in an air oil hydraulic power unit to have contaminant removal devices such as air and oil filters MONTHLY A Check hoses for leaks B Wipe down all components to remove oil film or dirt Es Check oil level and maintain to fill line on tank YEARLY A Drain and replace hydraulic oil Oil should be SAE 10 rated at 200 SUS 100 F or equal B Remove muffler filters and clean in solvent or cleaner 2 Hydraulic Cylinder A The hydraulic cylinder will be automatically lubricated by the hydraulic oil B Keep the piston rod free from dirt or sludge at all times 3 Side Rails A The PVC lined side rails should always be clean to avoid wear damage to the filter plate handles MN NETZSCH Netzsch 630LP Filter Press Filtration Systems General Maintenance Continued 4 Air Maintenance A correct plumbing design of the inlet air supply is crucial to eliminate the majority of water oil and particles from entering the filter press hydraulic power unit This will extend the life of both hydraulic and pneumatic components The air line to the hydraulic power unit should be plumbed from the top of the main lin
161. ffects from ingestion include gastrointestinal irritation vomiting diarrhea and in severe cases central nervous system depression progressing to coma or death Inhalation of aerosols or mists may result in increased rate of respiration tachycardia excessively rapid heart beat 10d cyanosis dark purplish discoloration of the skin and mucous membranes caused by deficient blood oxygenation Chronic Effects Repeated contact with the skin causes dermatitis FIRST AID Eyes Gently lift the eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of water until transported to an emergency medical facility Consult a physician immediately Skin Quickly remove contaminated cons Rinse with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min If large areas of the body have been exposed or if irritation persists get medical help immediately Wash affected area with soap and water Inhalation Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed Ingestion Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person If ingested do not induce vomiting due to aspiration hazard Contac a physician immediately Position to avoid aspiration After first ald get ys in plant paramedic or community medical support Note to Physicians Gastric lavage is contraindicated due to aspiration hazard Preferred antidotes are charcoal and milk la cases of severe aspiration pneumonitis consider monitoring arterial blood gases to e
162. g should damage or break an underdrain nozzle carbon would enter the underdrain and the adsorber effluent line A fine mesh screen has been provided at the effluent nozzle at the bottom of the adsorber to intercept the carbon in the event of a nozzle failure This condition will be accompanied by a very rapid rise in pressure drop across the adsorber Should this occur the adsorber must be emptied of carbon and drained so the underdrain can be accessed and repairs made Several spare nozzles have been provided with the system in case they are required The other adsorber should be operated in single stage mode until repairs can be made Liquid relief valves are provided for the adsorber vessels These valves are ASME approved for this service and are rated to relief within 3 of the 75 PSIG maximum allowable working pressure It is recommended that the system be operated at 65 PSIG or less Since the normal operating pressure should be less that 35 PSIG this allows a generous margin for operation 16 AIR STRIPPER C 200 VL Packing Maintenance In order to avoid problems associated with fouled packing the pack should be cleaned as a part of regular maintenance procedure If the packing has become fouled or clogged you may correct the situation by cleaning with an acid wash solution or by changing the packing Refer to the acid supplier s recommendations for handling the acid solution The entire system should be shut down prior to changing
163. h Bulletin E 20 Approved Submittal Data on Motor Controllers Dry Type Transformers Panelboards Well Pump Panel and Fixtures List of Qualified Permanent Servicing Organizations for Support of the Programmable Logic Controller PLC System and Instrumentation Equipment g O OZ cee ee ae ee oe Ree wee mee ec a NN m retarda ir Mame al Ga it A B c D E F G H J K M N 0 P P 300 P 302 P 304 X 130 T 110 X 131 T 145 __ K 200 C 209 P 2204 B F 220A B C X 220A 8 T 240 ieee j P 100 P 102 P 104 REACTION TANK GROUNDWATER CLARIFIER HEAL TANK AIR STRIPPER AIR STRIPPER EFFLUENT CARTRIGE GRANULAR EFFLUENT SPENT SHALLOW GROUNDWATER COLLECTION BLOWER PUMPS FILTERS ACTIVATED CARBON HOLDING TAN BACKWASH i PUMPS 7140 TANK P2143 Me T 220 FILTERS HOLDING 3 r SLUDGE SLUDGE POLYMER AIR STRIPPER Pea ae TANK 101 P 105 P 195 P 301 THICKENER P 211 amp 212 BLOWDOWN ADDITION EFFLUENT HOLDING BACKWASH DEEP MONITORING WELL ACID FEED PUMP Sy STEM TANK PUMPS eas Sa PUMFS D 341 PUMP RELSE WAGER FILTER PRESS A 130 P 127 PUMP j P 1 0 FEED PUMP P 110A E FLOCCULAHON CAUSTIC JET MIXING AIR STRIPPER MIXER FEED PUMP Beer AUIS i PUMP FEED PUMP SPENT BACKWASH WATER PUMP cc ZA EA CATA x wee i LOO gt G 5300 P 507 P 304 12 100 P 102 P 104 l RW 4 SRW a SRW 6 SRW SRW 2 SRW 5 k SHALLOW EXTRACTION WELLS SRW 1 2 3 4 5 6 A ETN
164. h a local Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS 205 that controls the pump operation T 205 is equipped with level switches that are used to control P 205 P 205 can be started manually through the PLC interface using HIS 205 As backwash water from P 241 fills T 205 to the height of high level switch LSH 205 LSH 205 sends a signal to the PLC where it triggers PLC interlock 1 205 1 205 then transmits a software signal to HIS 241 which then sends a signal to stop Backwash Water Pump P 241 P 205 then pumps the spent backwash water to the Iron Removal System for reprocessing by the system 1 205 is reset when the water level in the tank falls below LSH 205 The level in T 205 slowly falls until it reaches the mounting height of low level switch LSL 205 LSL 205 sends a signal to the PLC where it triggers PLC interlock 1 206 1 206 then transmits a software signal to HIS 205 which then sends a signal to stop Spent Backwash Water Pump P 205 1 206 is reset when the tank level rises above the height of LSL 205 T 205 is also equipped with sight glass LG 205 for visually reading the tank level The operating status of P 241 is displayed on the PLC monitor by position indicator XI 205 Reuse Water Pump P 245 provides seal water for pumps P 245 itself P 241 P 220 A B P 110 A B P 145 and P 205 as well as water required by the Polymer Addition System It is equipped with a position indicator XI 245 and Hand Off Auto Switch HS 245 When 1 240 is tri
165. hat control pumps P 025 P 025A and P 115 As the level in T 025 rises to the high level setpoint of ball float type high level switch LSH 025 it provides a contact closure to the treatment system PLC which displays high level alarm LA 025 The PLC then provides a digital output to start stop Hand Switch HS 025 that starts the pump and sends the sump liquid to X 130 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 66 OHM 16032 or T 110 As the level falls to the low level setpoint of LSL 025 LSL 025 opens the contact closure stopping P 025 or P 025A and resetting the LA 025 As the level in T 115 rises to the high level setpoint of ball float type low high level switch LSH 115 it provides a contact closure to the treatment system PLC which displays high level alarm LA 115 The PLC then provides a digital output to start stop Hand Switch HS 115 that starts the pump and sends the sump liquid to T 110 As the level falls to the low level setpoint of LSL 115 LSL 115 opens the contact closure stopping P 115 and resetting LA 115 1 4 9 4 Sanitary Pump Station At the current time the ultimate discharge scenario for the sanitary sewer system has not been determined The final design and process description will be deferred until these details become available Therefore this process description and control philosophy should be considered preliminary This discussion also supersedes Process Drawing P 4 dated 11 29 95 which will be updated upon completion
166. he alarm signal to the remote monitoring location via telephone lines and lights the common alarm light The high pH Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 54 OHM 16032 alarm condition is not relayed to the remote monitoring location The alarm is displayed on the PLC monitor Both of these alarms are reset only when the pH of the groundwater returns within the setpoint range Compressed air flow to the initial chamber is manually controlled using a ball valve The rate will be established and adjusted during the system start up The speed controller of flocculation mixer A 130 sends a signal through a contact closure to the plant master PLC A 130 operating status is displayed on the PLC monitor as XI 130 1 4 4 2 Clarifier Equipment The flocculated water flows by gravity from X 130 to the Lamella Clarifier Item X 131 The clarifier is an epoxy coated carbon steel vessel with incline plates that allow gravity separation of the solids from the liquids in a relatively small area The clarifier is designed to yield less than 3 milligrams per liter mg L suspended solids at a flow rate of 21 gpm Water flows out of the clarifier by gravity Solids accumulate in a chamber at the bottom of the device and reach a concentration of one to two percent by weight This sludge will be periodically removed from the clarifier manually at a rate between 1 and 5 gpm by a cast iron air operated double diaphragm Sludge Pump Item P 143 Under normal operating
167. he flow of compressed air e Shut off feed by closing ball valve 141V 01 e Open sludge return valve 141V 02 e Open core blow compressed air valve 150V 18 to blow core sludge back to T 140 Average core blow time is between 1 to 3 minutes e After core blow is complete close valve 150V 18 e Open the filtrate air blow valve 150V 24 and 150V 25 The air will remove any remaining filtrate in the filtrate lines out of the bottom two filtrate ports Average filtrate blow air time is between 1 to 3 minutes e After filtrate air blow is complete close 150V 24 e Position cake dumpster box under the filter plates e Press the retract push button to open the filter press The hydraulic cylinder will retract e Move each intermediate plate back one at a time against the end plate The next filtration cycle can be initiated when all of the filter cakes have been dropped 1 3 6 3 Sludge Recycle During initial startup the amount of sludge generated is relatively small Occasionally it may be desirable to recycle the thin sludge settled at the bottom of the clarifier to the mix tank X 130 to act as seeds for further agglomeration until a thicker sludge is developed The startup procedure for recycling the sludge is as follows e Open the plug valves 143V 03 and 143V 04 e Manually turn the 3 way valve SV 143 or 143V 02 to direct flow back to X 130 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 39 OHM 16032 Open ball valve 150V 22 to allow compressed
168. he remaining VOCs are adsorbed onto activated carbon These two units are arranged as a parallel train Each vessel is a vertical cylindrical carbon steel tank 8 feet in diameter with elliptical heads and a design pressure of 75 psig at 150 F Each cell is loaded with 8 000 pounds of granular activated carbon The system is located inside the treatment system building The system is purchased as a self contained system and comes skid mounted including all required interconnecting piping and valving so that the system can be manually backwashed Groundwater flows from the GAC Adsorber System to the top of the Treated Effluent Storage Tank T 240 Backwash water from the GAC system is sent to Backwash Water Holding Tank T 205 These units are expected to require backwashing approximately once every 3 to 4 months of operation Instrumentation and Control GAC Adsorber System X 220A B is provided with a High high Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter PDIT 220B When X 220A B registers a 5 to 10 psi differential pressure above the initial pressure drop the alarm is displayed on the PLC monitor to inform the operator that the GAC vessel s need to be backwashed Each vessel is equipped by the manufacturer with a locally mounted pressure gauge for manual readings and a pressure relief valve PSV 220 A B 1 4 8 Effluent Storage and Discharge System 1 4 8 1 Effluent Storage Tank and Discharge Equipment Treated Effluent Storage Tank T 240 is a vert
169. hes from street clothes and launder before reuse Remove this material from your shoes and clean personal protective equipment Comments Never eat drink or smoke in work areas Practice good personal hygiene after using this material especially before eating drinking smoking using the toilet or applying cosmetics Section 9 Special Precautions and Comments Storage Requirements Store in clearly labelled steel containers in a cool below 50 F 10 C dry well ventilated location on an acid resistant cement floor and away from direct sunlight combustibles and other reactive materials Separate from carbides chlorates fulminates nitrates picrates and powdered metals Protect storage containers against damage and water Use non sparking tools near sulfuric acid carboys drums tank cars or metal storage tanks because of the possible production of hydrogen during storage Us hand pumps for the decanting and emptying of carboys Engineering Controls To reduce potential health hazards use sufficient dilution or local exhaust ventilation to control airborne contaminants and to maintain concentrations at the lowest practical level Total enclosures of processes and the mechanization of handling procedures are the most effective measures to prevent contact with sulfuric acid Protect electrical installations against the corrosive action of acid vapors Administrative Controls Consider preplacement and periodic physical examinations wi
170. i L2 L3 se AL A ee T lel 08 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 Motor l Leads R B Y Y R B B Y R Example l R 51 amps Y 50 amps B 50 amps B 46 amps R 48 amps Y 49 amps Y _53 amps B 52 amps R 51 amps Total 150 amps Total 150amps Total 150 amps 3 50 amps 3 50 amps 3 50 amps 46 4 amps 48 2 amps 49 1 amps 4 50 08 or8 2 50 04 or 4 FEE Open Delta 1 50 02 or 2 Full Three Phase Phase Converters THE WARRANTY ON ALL FRANKLIN THREE PHASE SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS IS VOID IF OPERATED FROM SINGLE PHASE POWER THROUGH A PHASE CON VERTER UNLESS APPROVAL OF THE SYSTEM N WRITING HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE FRANKLIN ELECTRIC FIELD SERVICE DEPARTMENT There are a number of types of phase converters available Each is intended to allow the use of a three phase motor on a single phase power line Some of these designs present problems which can lead to motor failure Phase converters with the exception of solid state models create a manufactured voltage leg by the use of capacitors wind ing taps or adjustable relays In all of these arrangements the volt age balance is criccal to the current balance Some phase convert ers may be well balanced at one point on the system operating curve Submersible pumping systems often operate at differing points on the curve as water levels and operating pressures fluc uate Other converters may be well balanced at varying loads but their out
171. ical cylindrical cross linked high density polyethylene tank with a flat bottom and domed top It is 12 feet in diameter and 12 feet high The tank is located inside the treatment system building It has a design pressure of atmospheric at 150 F and has a capacity of approximately 12 500 gallons The tank also provides backwash water for X 220A B Treated groundwater enters the tank through the domed top via a dip pipe Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 63 OHM 16032 The treated effluent discharges to Wallace Creek by gravity from the top of T 240 The effluent is also used for pump seal water and for the polymer addition system and is supplied to the appropriate areas by Reuse Water Pump P 245 P 245 is a centrifugal pump capable of pumping 10 gpm of water at 110 feet TDH using a 75 hp motor The pump is also equipped with Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS 245 that controls the pump The flow from this pump to the polymer system is controlled by a solenoid valve on off type block valve SV 243 The effluent used for backwashing the GAC vessels is supplied by Backwash Water Pump P 241 P 241 is a centrifugal pump capable of pumping 200 gpm of water at 50 feet TDH using a 7 5 hp motor The pump is also equipped with Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS 241 that controls the pump 1 4 8 2 Effluent Storage Tank and Discharge Instrumentation and Control T 240 uses differential pressure type level indicating transmitter LIT 240 to monitor the tank lev
172. ical Equipment Appendix E Volume VI I Table of Contents I o Logic Controller PLC System and Instrumentation moo w Appendix F Volume VI List of Contractor Subcontractors Manufacturers Suppliers Operation and Maintenance Manual for Programmable Logic Controller PLC System Logic Tables Series 90 70 Programmable Controller Reference Manual Logicmaster 90 Series 90 30 20 Micro Programming Software User s Manual I Table of Contents I i ia Logic Controller PLC System and Instrumentation Cimplicity MMI for Windows NT Cimplicity MMI for Windows 95 Cimplicity Server for Windows NT Device Communication Manual TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 70 PLC User s Manual Operation and Maintenance Manual for PC Workstation Operation and Maintenance Manual for Instrumentation dE 3000 Smart Meter User s Manual 34 ST 25 08C 05 95 ST 3000 Smart Transmitter Series 100E and Series 900 and SFC Smart Field Communicator Model STS 103 Installation Guide 34 ST 33 31A 08 95 _TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED pe Instruction Manual for Model 1181PH ORP Two Wire Transmitters P N 5101181PH November 1995 Installation and Operating Instructions for Drexelbrook Series 508 45 46 47 49 Universal II Level Transmitters using 408 8200 Series Cote Shield Electronics EDO 5 95 250 408 8200 LM Signet 8510 Compak Flow Transmitter Instructions Installation and Operating Instructions for Model L 6 Float Switc
173. id acetone cyanohydrin acetone nitric acid acetone potassium dichromate acetonitrile acrolein acrylonitrile acrylonitrile water alcohol hydrogen peroxide allyl alcohol allyl chloride ammonium hydroxide 2 amino ethanol ammonium triperchromate aniline bromates metals bromine pentafluoride n butyraldehyde carbides cesium acetylene carbide chlorates chlorates metais chlorine trifluoride chlorosulfonic acid cuprous nitride diisobutylene dimethylbenzylcarbinol hydrogen peroxide epichlorohydrin ethylene cyanohydrin ethylene diamine ethylene glycol ethylene imine fulminates hydrochloric acid hydrogen iodine heptafluonide indene nitric acid iron isoprene lithium silicide mercuric nitride mesityl oxide powdered metals nitric acid glycerides p nitrotoluene pentasilver tihydroxydiaminophosphate perchlorates perchloric acid perman ganates benzene 1 phenyl 2 methylpropryl alcohol hydrogen peroxide phosphorus phosphorus isocyanate picrates potassium tert butoxide potassium chlorate potassium permanganate potassium chloride potassium permanganate water beta propiolactone propylene oxide pyridine rubidium acetylene carbide silver permanganate sodium sodium carbonate sodium chlorate sodium hydroxide steel styrene monomer toluene nitric acid vinyl acetate and water Conditions to Avoid Water combustibles heat ignition sources and other incom patibles H
174. ined MSDS sheets for polymer acid caustic Carbon cells charged with granular activated carbon 3 000 lbs ea Tank T 240 filled with water for pump seal water g e floor drains are not obstructed 1 2 3 Health and Safety Emergency contacts and phone numbers for local fire police utilities etc are listed in the Site Specific HASP which will be maintained on site To help prevent slips trips and falls within the building spare parts and equipment will be isolated from designated work areas Dangerous areas within and outside the treatment building will be barricaded as necessary Additionally fire extinguishers will be located at various places within the building as determined by the Site Safety Officer or HASP The following precautions will be implemented as appropriate e High voltage warning labels Hot warning labels Danger signs Parking bollards Eye wash or shower Marking of all acid caustic and polymer piping and tanks e Maintain spill supplies Ensure all motor guards are securely in place In addition plant personnel must adhere to Standard Operating Procedures including Lockout Tagout Confined Space Entry and others as appropriate for the tasks performed during the startup 1 2 4 Key Contacts and Site Personnel Various individuals from OHM MCB Camp Lejeune LANTDIV NC DEHNR and Stone amp Webster may be involved in the system startup Table 1 2 2 lists the key contacts title and phone numbers for on sit
175. ing Piping The PVC piping from the inlet mixing tee through the three in line mixers and to the QQ sev0uex TT PP inlet of the detention chamber is essentially a continuous mixing unit Jo maintenance is required unless concentrated polymer is allowed to sit for long periods of time The polymer could partially dry and plug the piping All tees and ells downstream of the mixing tee contain special baffles that are ported to allow for drainage mixing and to prevent air binding If the unit becomes plugged disassemble the piping using the convenient unions and clean thoroughly CAUTION Avoid losing the sealing o ring in each union To prevent leaks the o ring must be in place Soak the assemblies in cleaning solution or warm water See Shutdown and Cleaning this Section for more information Call Semblex Direct for additional advice or for replacement parts Detention Chamber Labyrinth No maintenance is required except to keep the chamber clean and free of concentrated polymer Flushing with clear water upon shutdown will sufficiently clean the chamber and labyrinth See Shutdown and Cleaning this Section for more information Labyrinth Disassembly and Reassembly Note the orientation of the labyrinth tubing before removal WARNING To avoid injury and damage to the unit assemble the labyrinth tubing exactly as it was Originally installed All labyrinth tuging systems are ins
176. ings with recommended grease until fresh grease comes out of the relief holes Reinstall grease relief plugs 408H 4 Ensure frame seals are seated in bearing housing and if not press in place with drains located at the bottom For most operating conditions a lithium based mineral oil grease of NLGI consistency No 2 is recommended This grease is acceptable for bearing temperatures of 5 F to 230 F 15 C to 110 C Bearing temperatures are generally about 20 F 18 C higher than bearing housing outer surface temperature Table 6 Lubricating Grease Requirements Pumpage temperature Pumpage temperature below 350 F 177 C above 350 F 177 C NLGIconsisteney 2 T __3 Mobil MobiluxEP2 LGMT 2 _LGMT3 1 Caution 1 Pumpage temperatures above 350 F 177 C should be lubricated by a high temperature grease Mineral oil greases should have oxidation stabilizers and a consistency of NLGI 3 29 16 Application Three Phase Motors Overload Protection Of Three Phase Submersible Motors The characteristics of submersible motors are different from standard motors and special overload protection is required If the motor is stalled the overload protector must tip within 10 seconds to protect the motor windings The installer must use SUBTROL or the quick trip protection shown in these tables All recommended overload selections are of the ambient compen
177. int to LICA 220 displays the current tank level and displays high and low tank level alarms when the levels reach alarm setpoints The high alarm triggers I 221 and the low alarm triggers 1 220 I 221 sends a digital output to stop P 110A B and 1 220 sends a digital output to stop P 220A B A 15 minute time delay is programmed for 1 220 and a 5 minute time delay for 1 221 to stop K 200 in order to ensure proper treatment of any remaining liquid hold up before P 110 A B is restarted Tank T 220 level is maintained between the high and low levels during normal operation by cycling pumps P 110 A B and P 220 A B on and off The tank level should be maintained as steady as possible by throttling the control valves and minimize the cycling as much as possible A high high tank level I 222 interlock is also provided to stop K 200 immediately if the water level rises to within 6 inches from the bottom of the air duct This interlock helps to protect the air blower from water damage If the blower K 200 is tripped then the blower must be reset using the appropriate start stop hand indicator switch HIS 200D Operator can access HIS 200D through the PLC interface Pressure gauges PI 220A and PI 220B are installed at the P 220A B discharge to assist in diagnosing pressure associated problems A turbine flowmeter FE 220 measures the discharge flow rate which is transmitted and indicated locally by flow indicating transmitter FIT 220 1 4 7 Cartri
178. ipment whichever is greater 53 The working space shall not be used for storage purposes The keep clear area may be identified with suitable floor markings and or posting of signs or decals on the equipment S 4 Energized parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by the use of approved cabinets or enclosures A 53 Entrance to rooms and other guarded location containing exposed energized _ parts shall be marked with a conspicuous warning sign forbidding unqualified persons to enter 5 6 Temporary covers warning signs and or barricades are to be used when it is necessary to remove covers of electrical panels during construction major refurbishment or for the purpose of providing temporary power to an area 5 7 All openings in boxes enclosures or fittings shall be effectively guarded or closed to afford protection substantially equivalent to that of the wall of the box enclosure or fitting 5 8 All electrical components over 230 volts shall have signs stating High Voltage 240 volts 6 EXTENSION CORD REQUIREMENTS 6 1 Extension cords are designed for and will be used for TEMPORARY USE ONLY All other electrical connections will be made permanent by proper construction methods 6 4 6 5 Procedure Number 38 Use of indoor extension cords greater then 50 feet in length is to be discouraged All extension cords shall include a grounding con
179. ir critical speed as low voltage is removed and high voltage applied the resulting stresses can break shafts and couplings Only closed transition starters which have no interrupuon of power duning the startng cycle should be used Q Q A _ ee o UUO y po y _Application Three Phase Motors 21 ariable Speed Submersible Pump Operation Inverter Drives Franklin three phase submersible motors are operable from variable frequency inverter drives when applied within guidelines specified below These guidelines are based on present Franklin information for inverter drives lab tests and acwal installations and must be followed for warranty to apply to inverter drive installations 1 Variable speed drives should be variable frequency constant volts per Hertz type and may have sine wave pulse width modulated PWM or six step waveshape The base voltage should be name plate voltage and frequency of the motor 2 Overcurrent protection in the inverter or separately furnished must trip within 10 seconds at 5 times motor maximum nameplate amps in any line and ultimately trip within 115 of motor maximum nameplate amps in any line 3 Any application below 30 Hertz or above 80 Hertz must be specifically approved by Franklin Engineering Operation at lower frequency can cause motor bearing failure and at higher frequency can raise internal hydraulic losses to an unacceptable level
180. ischarge Equipment 1 63 1 4 3 2Efluent Storage Tank and Discharge Instrumentation and Contables 1 64 1 4 9 Secondary and Utility Systems oocoooooomomomonoros 1 65 1 4 9 1 Backwash Water Holding Tank 1 65 1 4 9 2Compressed Air System occa hones eew ase eee nels 1 66 1 4 9 3 Building Drainage System and Containment Sump 1 66 1 4 9 4Sanitary Pump Station coda eens 1 57 Emergency Operations baii ad US 1 67 13 1 Equipment MALICIA gr E SRR ees 1 67 E A SS ee te OE eA tee ges 1 67 1 5 1 2 Air Seipper Blower Failure ooooooooomo 1 68 1 5 1 3Water Tank Failure v8 G2 one s ak Ge mawales 1 48 1 5 1 4GAC Carbon Filter Malfunction o oo ooooo ooo 1 68 1 9 1 5 Carmidge Filter Malfuncion nia dc Ak 1 69 1 5 1 6 Automatic Fiow Controi Valve Malfunction 1 69 Lol Canisce Tank Failure lo bene eta nse sees 1 69 15 1 3Acdd Tank Failure coy pis can eee ease 1 70 1 5 1 9 Air Compressor Failure 22 eee ee eee eee ee eee 1 70 1 5 2 Emergency Shutdown PLOCSAUIES ds wad heeded aay 1 70 1 5 3 Guidance on Emergency Operations of Utility Systems f 1 70 1 5 3 1Power Failure orden ls aa En oie 1 70 1 5 3 2Potabie Water Failure o lt lt eee ee eee 1 71 1 5 3 3Natural Gas Failure acaba a tartar 1 71 1 5 3 4Compressed Air Failure oooooooommo ee eee eee 1 71 Critical Alarms and Autodialer o ooooomomoom ae siete 1 72 2 0 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLES
181. itial startup or after a prolonged shutdown T 240 water may be drained for some other purposes Turn on pump P 245 switching HOA to AUTO position at the local panel and start the pump Check reading on local flow meters and pressure gauges mounted next to the pumps and at water seal stations Check proper functioning of rotameter for each line seal water flow to each pump should be approximately 1 2gpm working pressure should be 15 20 psi above pump suction pressure plus 25 of the discharge pressure or approximately 20 to 25 psi Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 29 OHM 16032 1 3 3 3 To Initiate Shallow Aquifer Influent Flow Before starting the shallow well pumps open the well pump shut off valve 100V 02 102V 02 etc and line out the valves all the way to mix tank X 130 Close all sample ports and drain valves Record readings on all flow totalizers 1 3 3 4 Initiate Metals Precipitation Turn on air compressor Close drain 130V 07 on X 130 Close drains on the clarifier X 131 sludge tank T 140 and head tank T 145 Open ball valves 132V 01 132V 02 and 245V 07 for polymer feed Open X 130 chamber 3 drain valve 130V 08 for metal scavenger feed if required Open ball valves 121V 01 121V 04 and 121V 05 for caustic feed lines Open ball valves 145V 01 and 145V 03 to allow treated water flow to T 110 Turn on the well pumps using the local HOA switch HS 100 HS 102 etc by setting to AUTO and start the pumps u
182. iver to a Post Office Box Number Purchase Order Number 5 Parts will be invoiced F O B Springfield MO at the prices in effect at the time of shipment The Semblex Representative for your area will be happy to assist in obtaining prices and receiving purchase orders Should you prefer please contact Semblex Direct ORDER ADDRESS SEMBLEX SPARE PARTS DEPARTMENT 1635 W WALNUT STREET SPRINGFIELD MISSOURI 65806 TELEPHONE 417 866 1035 FACSIMILE 417 866 0235 M sever Pr O Recommended Spare Parts Description Qty 2 Instrument light bulb 2 O Ring for pipe unions 1 LMI pump repair kit 1 light bulb Part No 4238 gt 4241 4138 Standard 40 watt incandescent ws Spare parts shipped with unit Recommended spare fuses for unit are as follows QTY DESCRIPTION 2 Main line fuse PART NO Buss MDL 1 1 4 glass dual element size as noted on electrical drawing 2 Diaphragm pump Internal to pump Littlefuse 1 1 4 312 glass Buss cross reference MTH 1 1 4 non time delay Prompt service can be given on spare or replacement parts if the following information is provided 1 Manufacturer s name model number and serial number if applicable Semblex job number will also aid in expediting your order 2 Part number if given 3 Exact quantity needed 4 Type of transportation purchase order number bill to and ship to address All parts will be invoic
183. kend flush the unit using dilution water To flush the PolyMax stop the polymer metering pump and allow the dilution water to flow through the unit for 30 to 60 minutes or longer Observe water flowing through the unit When the in line mixers are clear the unit is clean The diaphragm pump is turned off by turning the speed knob counter clockwise until it clicks off or move the switch to Off Flushing allows the mixed polymer to be removed from the unit Use the two ball valves with red handles on the inside of the unit to backwash and drain For long term shutdown consult the polymer manufacturer for the best way to remove the polymer from the metering pump The unit should be flushed free of polymer and drained Removal of Polymer Concentrate from the Metering Pump Remove the flexible inlet hose from the drum and insert into a bucket of mineral oil warm water new motor oil or other polymer solvent Pump the liquid through the metering pump and into the system Avoid adding water to the bulk polymer drum or polymer concentrate piping Protect the drum from moisture or accidental spraying and rain water Small quantities of water will cause most emulsion or dispersion polymer concentrates to clot gel and become stringy The solids can and will sooner or later plug the metering pump The partially activated polymer will not activate and is wasted In high humidity areas an optional polymer drum
184. l and may cause formation of flammable hydrogen gas An increase in temperature and pressure occurs in closed containers when sodium hydroxide is mixed with acetic anhydride glacial acetic acid chlorohydrin chiorosulfonic acid ethylene cyanohydrin glyoxal oleum 36 hydrochloric acid 48 7 hydrofluoric acid 70 nitric acid or 96 sulfuric acid Conditions to Avoid Avoid generation of sodium hydroxide mists and contact with water metals and the chemicals listed above Hazardous Products of Decomposition Thermal oxidative decomposition of sodium hydroxide can produce toxic sodium oxide Na O and peroxide Na O fumes Section 6 Health Hazard Data 2 EEE ae Re ae aes Ne Sled Carcinogenicity In 1990 reports the IARC NTP and OSHA do not list sodium hydroxide as a carcinogen see Chronic Effects Summary of Risks Sodium hydroxide solution is toxic by mist inhalation ingestion or direct skin or eye contact Damage is immediate and without prompt medical attention can become permanent This strong corrosive alkaline solution dissolves any living tissue it contacts Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long Term Exposure None reported Target Organs Eyes digestive tract respiratory system and skin Primary Entry Routes Ingestion inhalation and skin and eye contact Acute Effects Ingestion causes immediate burning of mouth esophagus and stomach painful swallowing excessive salivation edematous excess fluid in surrounding
185. lanced between inflow and outflow and maintain at half full Continue processing shallow aquifer well water 1 3 3 5 Initiate Deep Aquifer Influent Flow Line out the deep well pump discharge line by opening shut off valve 101V 02 103V 02 etc all the way to groundwater storage tank T 110 Close all sample ports and drain valves Turn on the well pumps using the local HOA switch HS 101 HS 103 etc by setting to AUTO and start the pumps using the telemetry Observe water flow through flow meter FE 101 FE 103 etc Record readings on flow totalizers Throttle the flow from each well locally using the hand valve 101V 02 103V 02 etc to the desired flow Table 1 4 1 shows the desired flow from each well Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 31 OHM 16032 1 3 3 6 Flow Equalization in Groundwater Storage Tank Watch for the water level in tank T 110 when shallow and deep aquifer water begin flowing into the tank When the level reaches above the low level indicated by LSL 110 open valves 120V 01 and 120V 02 and start the jet mixing pump P 120 The HOA switch on jet mix pump P 120 should be set to AUTO Allow water in T 110 to circulate check function of jet mixing system Check pH in T 110 probe on discharge line using the three analyzers AE 200A B C installed They will register the correct water pH after pump P 110 A or B is turned on Set required pH on AICA 200 to between 7 5 and 8 0 After P 110 A or Bis t
186. lean separator bowl e For air cooled condensers inspect the condenser coils clean if necessary Lubricate fan motors with 20 wt motor oil For water cooled condensers clean customer sup plied strainer To reset the SERVICE DUE INDICATOR 1 Turn the power switch to the OFF position 2 Hold down the PUSH TO TEST and CLOSED OPEN buttons simultaneously 3 Turn the power switch to the ON position 4 Wait two seconds Release the PUSH TO TEST and CLOSED OPEN buttons The indicator is now reset Ambient Air Filter For units equipped with the optional ambient air filter designated by the suffix F in the model number inspect the filter element If necessary replace the element by lift ing it out and slipping in a replacement See the replace ment parts lists for replacement element model numbers Returns to Manufacturer If the dryer or a component of the dryer must be returned to the manufacturer first call your local distributor for a return authorization number and shipping address Your distributor will inform you whether the dryer or only a component must be returned Mark the package with the return authorization number and ship freight prepaid as directed by your local distributor Automatic Drain Valve ADV Disassembly and Servicing All DXR Series dryers have a timer controlled automatic drain valve The valve body is mounted on the frame bot tom a hose connects the valve body to the separator C
187. level setpoint of LE 101A LS 101 sends a digital input Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 52 OHM 16032 to the PLC which displays low level alarm LAL 101 on the monitor LAL 101 then trips interlock input 1 101 in the PLC software which sends a digital output signal back to HS 101 that stops the pump When the extraction well water level rises above the low level setpoint LS 101 is reset and LAL 101 is no longer displayed on the PLC monitor When the extraction well recharges further and the water level rises to the high level setpoint of LE 101B it causes pump P 101 to restart locally If the level in T 110 continues to rise after the shallow groundwater pumps P 100 P 102 P 104 P 300 P 302 and P 304 are stopped and the water level exceeds the height of high high level switch LSH 110 then LSH 110 provides a digital input to the PLC which displays high high level alarm LAHH 110 LAHH 110 also trips interlock input I 151 and 1 150 in the PLC software The PLC then sends a digital output signal back to HS 101 HS 103 HS 105 and HS 301 that stops all of them plus all the shallow well pumps through I 151 a redundant interlock When LAH 110 and LAHH 110 have been tripped the extraction system is shut down If either of these alarms LAH or LAHH is tripped then this pump bank must be reset through start stop hand indicator switch HIS 100 for deep wells and HIS 103 for shallow wells HIS 100 and HIS 103 are accessed by the operators through the
188. lt in fire SECTION V HEALTH HAZARD DATA EFFECT OF OVEREXPOSURE A ACUTE 1 INGESTION The product is non toxic through ingestion The acute oral LDso rat is gt 10g Kg 2 INHALATION The acute inhalation LCcg rat is gt 64 4 mg t nominal concentration for activated carbon 3 DERMAL EXPOSURE a TOXIC Non toxic d IRRITATION The product is not a primary skin irritant The primary skin irritation index rabbit is 0 SENSITIZATION None Pros 2 of 4 U S Department of Labor i o Occupational Safety and Health Adminisration bes Non Mandatory Form a a E Form Approved A OMB No 1218 0072 Note Blank spaces are net parmated it any item is not appicable or no mierrasen a ara as e Bese MUSA OE ARS Y ARA View it 219 747 212 Que Prepared de 7 103 a g DA ar CSDONA g goes eas Is Deny 1470 6 A hen Eh a negrees P p y Evaporator Axe 4 q a IN ES as aM Satna a se capa ieee uty Acstaie 1 a A a a es A top fet eN OSHA 174 Sept 1985 TE ta erzfI sr cl LO ETIT ree Te Se 21 l Marathon IM Oi Company MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEIT PAGE 1 oF PC PRODUCT NAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE MARATHON MSDS NO LI4MARDCL THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS FURNISHED SUBJECT To THE DISCLAIMER ON THE 30TTOM OF THIS Fa SECTION 1 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION n oD PRODUCT MANUFACTURER DISTRIBUTOR HAME PREMIUM UNLEADED GASOLINE MARATHON OIL
189. ly Should one need help or assistance please contact the Semblex Representative in the area or Semblex Direct 8 B PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE Additional preventative maintenance and disassembly of various components is described in Section 10 Assembly Component Manuals General maintenance of components and principal items follows Inlet Water Solenoid Valve It is not uncommon for the inlet water solenoid valve to plug with grit scale and dirt from the incoming water The valve can be easily disassembled and grit cleaned from the diaphragm Slow bleeding of water through the valve the valve not closing or opening when energized or no water flow with all other valves open are all symptoms of a plugged solenoid valve Rotameter Grit dirt and particulates can likewise plug up and cause the flow adjustment valve and the ball in the rotameter to malfunction The rotameter can be partially removed from the front of the PolyMax by disconnecting the unions This allows enough room to move the rotameter a couple of inches away from the front panel for easy removal and cleaning Inlet Water Flow Switch The flow switch is used to monitor the inlet water flow rate Should the water flow fall below the set point the polymer concentrate metering pump would shut off This feature avoids injection of raw polymer concentrate without enough dilution water and avoids plugging the mixing system Polymer Concentrate Mix
190. m nitrate 5 20 ppm onvolatiles 0 02 0 03 ppm SO 40 80 ppm iron 1991 OSHA PEL 1992 93 ACGIH TLVs 1985 86 Toxicity Data 8 hr TWA 1 mg m TWA 1 mg m Human inhalation TC 3 mg m for 24 weeks toxic effects 1990 IDLH Level STEL 3 mg m not yet reviewed 80 mg m 1990 DFG Germany MAK Man unreported route LD 135 mg kg toxic effects not yet TWA 1 mg m reviewed 1990 NIOSH REL Category Local irritants Rat oral LD 2140 mg kg toxic effects not yet reviewed TWA 1 mg m Peak 2 mg m 5 min momentary Rabbit eye 100 mg rinse produced severe irritation value 8 peaks per shift See NIOSH RTECS WS5600000 for additional toxicity data t The momentary value is a level which the concentration should never exceed Section 3 Physical Data gt 0 pem ee a Molecular Weight 98 08 Boiling Point 554 F 290 C decomposes at 644 F 340 C into sulfur trioxide and water Density Specific Gravity 96 98 1 841 Melting Point 100 50 65 F 10 36 C Water Solubility Soluble reacts Vapor Pressure lt 0 001 mm Hg at 20 C Other Solubilities Ethy alcohol Saturated Vapor Density air 1 2 kg m 1 2 kg m 0 075 lbs ft Odor Threshold 0 150 ppm pH 1 N sol 0 3 0 1 N sol 1 2 0 01 N sol 2 1 Appearance and Odor Colorless pure to dark brown impure odorless dense oily liquid Pure compound is a solid below 51 F 11 C Sulfuric acid reacts violently with
191. manually adjustable rate and is prepared by an automatic mixing unit Item X 132 X 132 draws concentrated polymer from a 55 gallon storage drum and mixes it with a slip stream of treated water that is pumped from the Treated Effluent Holding Tank Item T 240 see DWG P 5 by the Reuse Water Pump Item P 245 The reaction chamber is stirred by a slow manually adjustable speed agitator Item A 130 The polymer assists the agglomeration of the fine particulates and the agitator creates enough movement to distribute the polymer and create a dense flocculate that will settle out rapidly in the clarifier The water with precipitated and flocculated solids flows by gravity into a lamella clarifier Item X 131 Instrumentation and Controls The pH in X 130 is to be maintained between 8 5 and 9 0 The pH is measured in the mix chambers by pH sensors AE 130A and B and transmitted to the PLC by pH indicating transmitters AIT 130A and B The pH is displayed onthe PLC monitor by software module AICA 130 Software module AICA 130 receives the pH measurement displays the current pH and controls the flow of the 50 percent NaOH solution to X 130 based on the selected pH analyzer The system manufacturer PLC controls the caustic flow by sending an analog signal to the speed controller SC 121 of P 121 AICA 130 also displays high and low pH alarms when the pH reaches the alarm setpoints When the low pH alarm setpoint is reached the plant PLC displays the alarm sends t
192. matitis may result after repeated exposure to dilute solutions Cases of squamous cell carcinoma malignant tumors of epithelial origin of the esophagus are reported 12 to 42 years after ingestion although it is unclear whether the cancer resulted from scar formation caused by tissue destruction or directly from the chemical s possible carcinogenicity FIRST AID Emergency personnel should protect against contamination Eyes Gently lift the eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of water until transported to an emergency medical facility Do not allow victim to keep his eyes tightly shut Warning Although splashed in only one eye sodium hydroxide may affect the other eye s sight if prompt medical attention is not received Consult a physician immediately Skin Quickly remove contaminated clothing Rinse with flooding amounts of cold water for at least 15 min Be aware that this substance can become very hot when in contact with water For reddened or blistered skin consult a physician Wash affected area with soap and water Inhalation Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed Ingestion Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person If ingested have that conscious and alert person drink 1 to 2 glasses of water followed by vinegar or fruit juice to neutralize the poison Do not induce vomiting After first ald get appropriate in plant paramedic or community medical suppo
193. mbustible liqui re in closed containers in a well ventilated area away from heat and ignition sources and strong oxidizing agents Protect containers from physical damage To prevent static electrically ground and bond all containers and equipment used in shipping receiving or transferring operations Use nonsparking tools and explosion proof electrical equipment No smoking in storage or use areas A Engineering Controls Avoid vapor or mist inhalation and prolonged skin contact Wear protective rubber gloves and chemical safety glasses where contact with liquid or high mist concenradon may occur Additional suitable protective clothing may be required depending on working conditions Institute a respiratory protection program that includes regular training maintenance inspection and evaiuation Practice good personal hygieze and housekeeping pS Do not wear oil contaminated clothing At least weekly laundering of work clothes is recom mended Do aoc put oily rags in pockets When working with this material wear gloves or use barrier cream nsportation Data 49 CFR 172 101 T Shipping Name Fuel oil JT Hazard Class Combusuble liquid dos NA1993 LWUT Label None DOT Packaging Exceptions 173 118a DOT Packaging Requirements None MSDS Collection References 1 6 7 12 73 34 101 103 126 127 132 133 136 143 146 Prepared by MI Allison BS Industrial Hygiene Review DJ Wilson CIH Medical Review AC Dartington MD Edited by IR Stuart MS
194. ming Instructions and Re prime Tiny Air Leaks in the Inlet Piping Cause Trouble PolyMax Location May be Too Far from the Polymer Supply The Polymer May be Too Viscous Raise Polymer Source to the Same Elevation as the Pump Inlet Pump Looses Prime or Air Bubbles Appear in the Acrylic Pump Head N sevnuex POLYMAX ABBREVIATED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ITEM OR COMPONENT CHECK FOR FREQUENCY ACTION Plan for additional Check Polymer Supply Level in drum or container Daily Polymer change drums refill container Check PolyMax and Polymer leaks Daily Shut down unit clean Operating rea repair leaks Observe PolyMax Proper mixing and control Daily Reset controls if needed settings Inspect PolyMax Mixing Build up of foreign Clean as required Elements and Labyrinth materials Weekly See O amp M Section 8 Check PolyMax Wate Shut Off of Polymer Flow Switch E Metering Pump at Set Monthly See O amp M Section 8 amp Point 10 Check Rotameter Visible Contamination or Clean as required Algae Growth Monthly See O amp M Section 10 Rotameter Check Solenoid Valve Proper Operation Tight Clean repair as required Shut Off Etc Monthly See O amp M Section 10 solenoid valve Metering Pump Calibrate Pump At 25 50 See O E M Section 7 pe 75 amp 100 Capacity Quarterly Calibration eck Stock of Still on site and available Reorder if missing See O Recommended Spare Parts Quarterly amp M Se
195. mps 110A B are also controlled by the Low Pressure switch in the air supply duct to Air Stripper C 200 see DWG P 5 Low air pressure trips interlock I 200 which stops P 110A B T 110 is equipped with a local thermometer TI 110 to monitor the tank liquid temperature The flow of groundwater from P 110A B is measured by turbine flowmeter FE 110 and transmitted by flow indicating transmitter FIT 110 to the PLC where it is displayed by software module FICA 110 FICA 110 represents a flow indicator controller alarm This software module receives the flow measurement and provides an analog output to FCV 110 to actuate the valve to meet the setpoint provided by LICA 110 The operator sets the desired T 110 level to be maintained and FCV 110 will adjust FICA 110 also displays the current flow rate and a high and low flow alarm in the PLC at the respective alarm setpoints Flow rates will be optimized using pneumatically controlled butterfly valve FCV 110 The excess flow will be recycled back to T 110 via a 3 inch line Pressure gauges PI 110A and PI 110B are provided in the discharge line directly after each pump so that the pressure in the line can be measured in the field during operation of the pump Pressure gauge PI 110 is provided in line directly following FCV 110 to verify that the valve is performing as specified Readings from this gauge also are used to determine when maintenance or repair of the valve is needed The pH in T 110 is to
196. n 1145 Catalyn Street Sheet No 3A sm Schenectady NY 12303 1836 USA Sodium Hydroxide 50 Liquid 518 377 8854 Issued 10 77 Revision B 11 91 Section 1 Material Identification Sodium Hydroxide 50 Liquid NaOH Description Derived by electrolysis of sodium chloride brines by reacting R calcium chloride with sodium carbonate or by electrolytic production using the diaphragm cell Sodium hydroxide often I contains minimal amounts of sodium chloride sodium carbonate sodium sulfate sodium chlorate iron or nickel Usedin S making plastics to dissolve casein in treating cellulose in making rayon and cellophane in explosives dyestuffs electro K lytic extraction of zinc reclaiming rubber un plating oxide coating etching and electroplating laundering and bleaching pulp and paper manufacture in vegetable oil refining in peeling fruits and vegetables in the food industry to hydrolyze fats and form soaps and in veterinary medicine as a disinfectant Other Designations CAS No 1310 73 2 Aetznatron Collo Grilirein Collo Tapette Feurs Rohp Lewis Red Devil Lye soda lye soda lye solution sodium hydrate solution sodium hydroxide solution white caustic solution Manufacturer Contact your supplier or distributor Consult latest Chemical Week Buyers Guide for a suppliers lis Cautions Sodium hydroxide is moderately toxic by ingestion and inhalation and can be seriously corrosive to eyes skin and mucous 1990 OSHA PEL
197. n Tech Cartridge Air filters 919 859 0124 919 859 0370 Gray Bar Elect Doyle Strickland 770 441 5580 770 446 7693 supplies TABLE 1 2 3 Cont VENDOR CONTACT LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System OHM Project 16032 Manhole rings amp Pat Miller 800 93 1 9391 covers Dewy Brothers Hercules Steel National Environ Air Stripper tower Systems Ceramic Air diffusers Delta Sales Eyewash stations Hugo Jahnz amp Plastic tanks Assoc Engineered FRP Well Building Fiberglass Jenkins Gas amp Oil LP tank George Selke Co HDPE tanks Hoffman amp Roof fans Hoffman Parkson Corp Lamella separator Tindall Concrete Concrete Manholes J L Pierce Surveyor Surveying Semblex Inc Polymer feed system Netzsch Filter Filter press High Rise Service Acid containment area Co Inc coating ISCO Inc Ultrasonic Effluent Flowmeter Lightnin c o Mixer A 130 Bradley amp Assoc Tencarva Service all Goulds Machinery Co Pumps Utility Precast Inc Electric manholes Claude Scott 910 488 5110 910 488 4040 Pixie Terreault 508 761 6611 508 761 6898 Larry Sears 770 993 4392 770 998 2430 Inffluent box Gene Waters 770 934 9960 770 934 6865 Ansley Jimmerson 770 889 1732 770 887 7405 Clarence Kazmir 770 475 2242 770 664 6906 Keith McGouden 910 455 1711 910 346 9404 Mike Callahan 770 925 4855 770 925 4869 Bill Poole 919 781 8011 919 787 6019
198. n Volumes Il III IV and V 2 6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Prior to any corrective maintenance the appropriate owners manual should be referenced and all applicable safety procedures should be followed The SYSTEM DOWN REPORT Table 2 6 and or the MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS REPORT Table 2 7 should be completed when any maintenance is performed Document all maintenance and contact the Project Engineer and the Equipment Specialist prior to performing any corrective maintenance Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 2 5 OHM 16032 TABLE 2 4 DAILY CHECK LIST Date COMPONENT ITEM CHECK TO PERFORM Effluent Flow Meter Totalizer flow reading gallons Pump 110 A Pressure Should be between 15 20 psi romp A rowa o OO Pump 110 B Pressure Should be between 15 20 psi Pump 145 Pressure Should be between 15 20 psi is Rowe o Pump 205 I Flow tate ri oe ponp220 Foo Pump 220B Pressure Should be between 15 20 psi C ina 22 Pump 241 Pressure Should be between 15 20 psi Pump 241 Flowrate o Time na 2a jp lt R A 2 S o m Initials of inspector Employee Number TABLE 2 4 DAILY CHECK LIST Date Page 2 ETE ET TO MEN CATAN Cr AU CAC CUT Coagulent Metal Scavanger Drum level Drum Lamella Clarifier X 131 Sludge level after 15 min of settling Upper tap Lower tap Diffuser Flow Rate rotometer air Flow Should be around 14 cfm Polymer Coagulation Good Fair Bad ES
199. n carcinogen Group 2A It has evaluated distillate light diesel oils as not classifiable as human inogens Group 3 mes of Risks Although diesei fuel s toxicologic effects should resemble kerosine s they are somewhat more pronounced due to additives Suwit as suifurized esters Excessive inhalation of aerosol or mist can cause respiratory tract irmtauon headache dizziness nausea vomiting and loss of coordination depending on concentration and exposure time When removed from exposure area affected persons usually recover completely f vomiting occurs after ingestion and if oil ts aspirated into the lungs hemorrhaging and pulmonary edema progressing to renal in volvement and chemical pneumonitis may result A comparative ratio of oral to aspirated lethai doses may be 1 pt vs 5 mi Aspiration may also result in transient CNS depression or excitement Secondary effects may include hypoxia insufficient oxygen in body cells infection pneumato cele formation and chronic lung dysfunction Inhalation may result in euphoria cardiac dysrhythmtas respiratory arrest and CNS toxicity Prolonged or repeated skin contact may irritate hair follicies and block sedaceous giands producing a rash of acne pimples and spots usually on arms and legs Medical Conditions Aggravated by Long Term Exposure None reported Target Organs Central nervous system skin and mucous membrares Primary Entry Routes nhalation ingestion Acute Effects Systemic e
200. n the shallow aquifer well pumps Deep aquifer well pumps will continue to run until a high high level is reached in T 110 and interlocks the deep aquifer well pumps to shut down After all the well pumps and process pumps have stopped check that the chemical feed pumps caustic acid metal scavenger and polymer are off If not shut them off using the control panel or manually When the stripper tank T 220 reaches the high level shut off the air stripper fan is interlocked to continue running for 5 minutes Check that the stripper air blower is shut off after this period of time If shut down will last for an extended period of time shut off the tank T 110 jet mix pump and other pumps Check that the spent backwash pump P 205 backwash pump P 241 sump pumps P 025 A and P 115 are off The reuse water pump P 245 should be the last pump to be shut off if not required Also shut off the air compressor if not needed If repair on equipment is needed isolate power from the equipment and follow lockout tagout procedures Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 35 OHM 16032 In summary once the GAC feed pump is stopped the remaining pumps will cascade to shut down via high tank level interlocks NOTE This type of shutdown keeping tanks full is not recommended unless it is necessary 1 3 4 3 Normal Shut Down Case 3 Maintain tanks at low level If it is desired to maintain the tanks at low level after shut down the procedure will be e
201. nd eye act Acute Effects Vapor or mist inhalation causes coughing sneezing nose irritation and nose bleeds reflex bronchospasm shortness of weath pulmonary edema fluid in lungs emphysema and permanent changes in pulmonary function Ingestion causes corrosion of the mucous membranes of mouth throat and esophagus and epigastric pain with nausea and vomiting of mucoid and coffee ground material Skin contact produces severe burns initially the zone of contact is bleached and tums brown prior to the formation of a clearly defined ulcer These wounds are slow in healing and may cause extensive scarring that results in functional inhibition If burns are extensive the outcome may prove fatal Circulatory collapse with clammy skin weak and rapid pulse shallow respirations and scanty urine may follow ingestion or skin contact Circulatory shock is often the immediate cause of death Eye contact produces deep corneal ulceration kerato conjunctivitis palpebral lesions and possible blindness Chronic Effects Chronic effects may include dental erosion conjunctivitis tracheobronchitis emphysema stomatitis inflammation of the mouth mucous membranes gastritis inflammation of stomach mucous membranes and dermatitis FIRST AID Eyes Do not allow victim to rub or keep eyes tightly shut Gently lift eyelids and flush immediately and continuously with flooding amounts of water until transported t an emergency medical facility Consult an oph
202. nd plugs in field work using any temporary electrical power source Cords and equipment will be inspected prior to each use for damage or missing parts Equipment which is found to be defective will be taken out of service and repaired Page 5 of 5 The Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program will include the following e This written program e Designation of a competent person s to implement the program e Visual inspection of cords on a daily basis for deformed and missing pins insulation damage and indications of possible internal damage Equipment found damaged or defective will be removed from service and repaired or expended e Cords and electrical circuits will be tested for the following Electrical grounding continuity Correct attachment of grounding conductor e Tests outlined above shall be performed before the first use before being returned to use after repair after possible damage such as being run over by a vehicle and at least every three mouths e The tests outlined above must be recorded and cords which have been tested identified HEALTH amp SAFETY PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUMBER 34 Page 1 of 2 LAST REVISED 12 92 APPROVED BY JFK FHH gt OHM Corporation 1 OBJECTIVE All OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM employees and contractors shall attempt to identify and eliminate situations where injuries or near misses could occur from slip trip or fall hazards
203. nd six feet tall with a 30 degree sloped bottom and a dome top that is vented through the roof This vessel is used to allow the sludge to further thicken to approximately 5 percent by weight solids prior to dewatering in the Sludge Filter Press Item X 140 It is anticipated that sludge will be withdrawn and dewatered at a frequency equal to the sludge generation rate from the clarifier Should the water level increase beyond the capacity of the tank it will overflow to the clarifier X 131 Instrumentation and Controls The Sludge Thickener is not equipped with high level controls Although it can overflow to X 131 it is designed to be manually emptied once every several days 1 4 4 4 Sludge Dewatering Press Equipment The Sludge Filter Press Item X 140 is a device used to reduce the volume and water content of the sludge produced by the iron removal system It consists of a set of square glass filled polyethylene plates that have an embossed filtration surface recessed on either side and covered with filter cloth The set of plates is compressed between a stationary and movable heavy metal heads Ports allow the sludge to be pumped by an air operated double diaphragm Filter Press Feed Pump Item P 141 into the middle of each plate where the solids are retained on the filter cloth The water that passes through the filter cloth is discharged to the Head Tank Item T 145 The pump continues to run until solids completely fill the chamber and can n
204. nsmits the level measurement through an analog signal to the PLC monitor where it is displayed by module LICA 121 A low level condition will activate hand switch HS 121 and shut off Caustic Supply Pump P 121 and flow from the shallow extraction wells P 100 P 102 P 104 etc plus the polymer feed pump X 132 polymer make up water valve SV 243 and the spent backwash pump P 205 The polymer storage drum is mounted on a weigh scale WE 131 Weigh indicator WI 131 provides a local display of the polymer and drum weight for the operator Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 57 OHM 16032 1 4 5 Groundwater Storage and Feed System 1 4 5 1 Groundwater Storage Tank and Feed Equipment Groundwater Storage Tank T 110 is a vertical cylindrical fiberglass tank with a flat bottom and dome top It is 12 feet in diameter and 26 feet high The tank is located outside the water treatment system building It has a design pressure of atmospheric at 150 F and has a maximum capacity of approximately 22 000 gallons The tank provides surge capacity for the treatment system equalization of the influent groundwater and pH adjustment Groundwater from the deep wells and the pretreated shallow wells are pumped into the tank through the conical top via separate dip pipes Sulfuric acid 93 percent H2504 stored in the polyethylene storage container is used to adjust the pH by a diaphragm metering feed pump P 211 to T 110 though a separate dip pipe The Acid Pump is eq
205. nsure adequate ventilation Observe the patient for 6 hr If vital signs become abnormal or symptoms develop obtain a chest x ray Section 7 Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures PE na Spill Leak Noufy safety personnel evacuate area for large spills remove ail heat and ignition sources and provide maximum explosion proof ventilacion Cleanup personnel should protect against vapor inhalation and liquid contact Clean up spills promptly to reduce fire or vapor Card Use a noncombusuble absorcent material to pick up smail spills or residues For large spills dike far ahead to contain Pick un liquid for reciama an or disposal Do not release to sewers or waterways due to health and fire and or explosion hazard Follow applicable OSHA regulations 29 1910 120 Diesel fuel oil No 2 D spills may be environmental hazards Report large spills ae your supplier or a licensed contractor for detailed recommendations Follow applicable Federal state and local regulations Designations RA Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 261 21 O waste CERCLA Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 302 4 Not listed SARA Extremely Hazardous Substance 40 CFR 355 Not listed SARA Toxic Chemical 40 CFR 372 65 Not listed OSHA Designations Air Contamiaant 29 CFR 1310 1000 Subpart Z Not listed Section 8 Special Protection Data sitos o eii Goggtes Wear protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles per OSHA eye and face protection reguiations 29 CFR 1910 133 Respi
206. nt building requires natural gas for heating in winter If there is a potential for freezing weather while natural gas is off the operator should prepare to bring in portable heaters to keep the building warm e The operator should not shut down the water treatment plant unless it is deemed necessary If the treatment plant is to be shut down on freezing days follow the shut down procedure for maintaining the tanks at low level in Section 1 3 and drain the lines 1 5 3 4 Compressed Air Failure e The water treatment plant requires compressed air to operate in the mix tank and certain instrumentations Upon the loss of one air compressor the operator should make sure the other redundant air compressor is functional and kicks in as designed The water treatment plant can continue to operate as usual on one air compressor Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 71 OHM 7 16032 e If compressed air fails due to a break in a line and results in a total loss of compressed air the low air pressure interlock 1 152 is designed to stop the system starting from the GAC feed pumps P 220 A B The rest of the system will cascade to shut down on high tank level Follow the shut down procedures in Section 1 3 for Case 2 shut down while maintaining the tanks full not recommended unless necessary or the operator can elect to use Case 1 shut down the system while maintaining the tanks half full 1 6 CRITICAL ALARMS AND AUTODIALER Because the water treatment plant
207. ntly while the rest of the water treatment system is still treating water The filter press relies on compressed air to drive a hydraulic cylinder that in turn compresses the filter plates The cylinder pressure has been preset Consult the owner s manual if adjustment to the cylinder pressure is required The start up sequence for the filter press is as follows e Open ball valves 140V 01 and 141V 01 to filter press and close recycle valve 141V 02 e Open filtrate return valves 141V 04 and 141V 05 e Close compressed air to filtrate return ball valve 150V 24 core blow valve 150V 18 and plate shifting instrument panel ball valve 150V 17 Open ball valve for compressed air line to the filter press control panel e Fully extend the filter press drive cylinder rod to close the press by pushing down on the extend button e After the filter press plates are fully closed start pump P 141 by opening ball valve 150V 19 and turning the feed pump control mounted on the filter press panel to On to admit compressed air to the diaphragm pump Start pumping the sludge from T 140 to the filter press Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 38 OHM 16032 End of Filtration Cycle e The filter press will continue to operate until the filtration pressure or back pressure generated from the sludge cake equals the filter press pressure e When the maximum pressure is reached stop P 141 by turning the feed pump control to Off to stop t
208. nusual Fire or Explosion Hazards Sodium hydroxide solution can become very hot when in contact with water Special Fire fighting Procedures Since fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products wear a self contained breathing apparatus SCBA with a full facepiece operated in pressure demand or positive pressure mode Also wear fully protective clothing Structural firefighters protective clothing provides limited protection Apply cooling water to sides of fire exposed containers until fire is well out Do not splatter or splash this material Stay away from ends of tanks Be aware of runoff from fire control methods Do not release to sewers or waterways Section 5 Reactivity Data eS es tability Polymerization Sodium hydroxide solution is stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions Hazardous polymerization cannot occur Violent polymerization can occur when in contact with acrolein or acrylonitrile Since sodium hydroxide readily absorbs water and carbon dioxide from air keep containers tightly closed Chemical Incompatibilities Since it generates large amounts of heat when in contact with water sodium hydroxide may steam and splatter It reacts with mineral acids to form corresponding salts and with weak acid gases like hydrogen sulfide sulfur dioxide and carbon dioxide Sodium hydroxide can be very corrosive to metals such as aluminum tin and zinc as well as alloys such as stee
209. o ensure proper working conditions as well as adequate levels of flushing solution HEALTH amp SAFETY PROCEDURES a e _ SS LS CONFINED SPACE ENTRY OHM Corporation PROCEDURE NUMBER 24 Page 1 of 5 LAST REVISED 12 92 APPROVED BY JFK FHH L OBJECTIVE OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM shall enforce this procedure as a means of protecting the health and safety of workers while entering working in and exiting confined spaces Before entry the worker will be made aware of the hazards of confined space work and the safe work practices necessary 2 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to establish confined space entry standards for all OHM employees This procedure meets and exceeds the guidelines in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA proposed Confined Space Entry standard 29 CFR 1910 146 3 PROCEDURE 3 1 Permitting All permit required confined space entries will be proceeded by the completion of a confined space entry permit The ORM confned space entry permit follows this procedure 32 Written Rescue Procedure Prior to any confined space work a site specific written rescue plan will be developed that addresses minimum requirements 3 2 1 Rescue e The equipment required to rescue an unconscious victim must a be in place before the first person enters the confined space e A trained stand by person will be assigned to each confined space with a full
210. o longer be compressed Compressed air is used to blow the core back to the Sludge Thickener Tank T 140 and to force the residual water remaining in the sludge cake after the fill cycle into the Head Tank T 145 The filter press is then opened the solids are dropped into a collection hopper and the press is closed to await the next cycle Instrumentation and Controls The Sludge Dewatering Press and feed pump are supplied complete with all controls necessary to operate them The operation is batchwise and manual Therefore there is no provision to interface the operation with the plant PLC 1 4 4 5 Head Tank Equipment The Head Tank Item T 145 is a 500 gallon closed top HDPE tank that is provided with a vent that extends above the roof Clarified water overflows by gravity from the Clarifier X 131 and is pumped by a ductile iron horizontal centrifugal Supernatant Transfer Pump Item P 145 rated at 30 gpm and 40 feet TDH to the Groundwater Collection Tank Item T Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 56 OHM 16032 110 see DWG P 4 Water discharges from the Supernatant Transfer Pump to a 2 inch diameter line that is equipped with a check valve and manual ball valve The ball valve is used to adjust the flow from the Supernatant Transfer Pump Instrumentation and Controls The Head Tank is equipped with a locally mounted pressure type level indicator transmitter LIT 145 LIT 145 transmits an analog signal to the PLC The level in the H
211. o your body Do not twist the body when lifting If you have to change direction turn with your feet not your trunk Carry the object close to the body and watch where you are going Do not carry objects i in a manner that obstructs your vision Avoid throwing or dropping objects When lowering maintain a firm grip Watch out for pinching of the fingers Use your leg muscles to lower the object by bending at the knees and keeping your back straight SAFETY SHOWERS AND EYEWASH STATIONS OBJECTIVE OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM shall provide suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body within the work area for immediate emergency use where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious chemicals PURPOSE This procedure describes the types and locations of safety showers and eyewash stations and addresses the requirements found in 29 CFR 1910 151 c and the American National Standards ANSI Z358 1 1990 for emergency eyewash and shower equipment REQUIREMENTS 3 1 EYEWASH STATIONS Eyewash stations shall be located throughout company facilities and job sites for emergency first aid in case of chemical splashes to the eyes and skin The general requirement for emergency eyewash stations are as follows Flush both eyes simultaneously Freeze protection when possibility of freezing conditions exist No sharp projections in operating area of unit Nozzles protected fr
212. oassay LC50 2 mg L No Effect Level 6 mg L Daphnia magna 48 Hour Static Renewai Bivassay LCSO 307 mg L No Effect Level 89 mg L Ceriodaphnia 48 Hour Static Renewal Bioassay LC50 1 7 mg L No Effect Level 63 mg L BIODEGRADATION COD mg gm 440 TOC mg gm 230 BOD 5 mg gm 34 BOD 28 mg gm 60 PAGE 5 CONTINUED UD Uy YO dt vu PU49 99 vvv ber ke d PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS tf this undiluted product is discarded as a waste the US RCRA hazardous waste identification number is Not applicable Please be advised however that state and local requirements for waste disposal may be more restrictive or otherwise different from federal regulations Consult state and local regulations regarding the proper disposal of this material 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION DOT HAZARD Not Applicable UN NA NUMBER Not applicable DOT EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDE Not applicable 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA All components of this product are listed in the TSCA inventory CERCLA AND OR SARA REPORTABLE QUANTITY RQ No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds 5 SARA SECTION 312 HAZARD CLASS l Product is non hazardous under Section 311 312 SARA SECTION 302 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds SARA SECTION 313 CHEMICALS No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds CALIFORNIA REGULATO
213. of as built drawings Sewage will be pumped from the GWTP sewage collection station by a vertical grinder pump not currently shown It will likely be controlled by ball float type low and high level switch As the level in the sump rises to the high level setpoint of the ball float type a high level switch will provide a contact closure to the treatment system PLC which displays a high level alarm The PLC will then provide a digital output to start stop a Hand Switch that starts the pump and sends the sump liquid to a sump or manhole to be installed east of Piney Green Road which is connected to the base sewer system 1 5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS 1 5 1 Equipment Malfunction A generalized emergency operation procedure is provided for the critical pieces of equipment used in the water treatment plant as follows 1 5 1 1 Pump failure e When a pump fails the failed pump should be isolated by closing the inlet and outlet valves e Turn the failed pump HOA switch to the off position e If there is a standby pump P 110 A B and P 220 A B manually open the standby pump inlet and outlet valves e Turn the standby pump HOA switch to auto position and start the pump Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 67 OHM 16032 e Call for maintenance help to fix the pump if necessary 1 5 1 2 Air Stripper Blower Failure e If the air stripper blower K 200 fails the low pressure interlock I 200 will shut down the air stripper feed pumps P 110 A B automaticall
214. om airborne contaminants Self contained unit shall be constructed of materials that will not corrode in the presence of flushing fluid Unit shall deliver not less than 0 4 gpm for 15 minutes Valves must have stay open feature allowing both hands free to open eyelids SAFETY SHOWERS AND EYEWASH Procedure Number 35 Page 2 of 3 STATIONS e Valves must be capable of being turned on in 1 second or less e Valve activator shall be large enough to be easily located and operated by user Installation Requirements 3 2 e Unit is positioned so water nozzles are 33 45 inches from the floor and 6 or more inches from the wall e Supply line for plumbed units shall provide an uninterrupted supply of potable water at a minimum of 30 Ibs per square inch of pressure e Eyewash units shall be in an accessible location located no further than 100 feet from the hazard Where strong caustics or acids are present the distance should be 10 feet or less e Identify location with a highly visible sign in a well lit area DRENCH SHOWERS Drench showers shall be located throughout company facilities and at project sites for emergency use in case of chemical splash to the face head and or body The general requirement for drench showers is as follows e The height of the drench shower had should be at least 82 inches and not more than 96 inches from standing level e The water spray pattern should be a minimum of a 20 inch diameter
215. om piston rod and side rails Filter Press Inspect filter plates and Pressure washer cleaning cloths and clean or pressure materials wash as needed Air Stripper Inspect and clean motor Cleaning materials Goulds Pumps Check oil level General Inspect all hoses fittings None piping etc for leaks and repair as needed General Inspect all exposed electrical None for bare wires or water near lines Carbon Cells Inspect differential pressure None Cartridge Filters Inspect differential pressure None and change filters at 20 psi differential TABLE 2 2 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION CHECK LIST MCB Camp Lejeune Groundwater Treatment System Check Equipment Y Description Air dryer Air compressor Air compressor Air compressor Air compressor Air compressor Siemens motors for Goulds pump Air Stripper Air Stripper Filter Press Goulds Pumps Filter Press Work to be Performed Inspect clean condenser coils Inspect oil for contamination and clean as needed Clean replace breather trap filter element Inspect clean or replace compressor valves Check belt tension Motor bearings check and lubricate Check insulation resistance Clean and inspect Lubricate blower bearings Inspect packing Inspect hydraulic air system for leaks Clean system Check oil level and fill as needed Inspect oil lubricated bearings Change the oil every 3 months Requir
216. on concerning oxygen level flammability and toxicity hazards Procedure Number 24 Page 3 of 5 72 Hot Work All hot work is prohibited in confined space where monitoring indicates that there are flammable compounds in excess of 10 of the Lower Explosive Limit LEL The monitoring device will be intrinsically safe for flammable atmospheres or explosion proof If hot work must be performed in the confined space a hot work permit must be completed Cutting gas cylinders and welding machines will not be taken into confined space 73 Calibration All monitoring equipment will be calibrated before each use and those calibrations will be logged in the equipment records The calibration record will be kept for a minimum of one year from the date of measurement 7 4 Oxygen Requirement The percent oxygen for entry will not be less than 19 5 for confined space entry without supplied air respirators If elevated greater than 22 oxygen levels are detected the confined space must be ventilated prior to any hot work Any oxygen reading above or below 20 9 will be reported to the site seo officer before further entry is attempted pon l 7 5 Permissible Exposure Limits PEL OHM employees will be provided with and will be required to properly use protective clothing and respiratory protective equipment when contaminants in the atmosphere reach or exceed the PEL The personal protective equipment PPE selected will reduce exposur
217. on is to be deactivated again the employee should repeat steps 5 3 to 5 6 of this procedure before work resumes In some instances work will carry over to another shift The maintenance supervisor shall affix a department lock to the equipment to ensure that it is not energized during the transition During subsequent slight operations employees will ensure that steps 52 to 5 6 are complete before work resumes on the equipment If the work is completed and a lock remains on the equipment it shall not be removed until the employee responsible for the lock is found or the supervisor of the employee investigates and ascertains that the equipment is safe to operate Unauthorized removal of a lock will subject the violator to disciplinary action up to dismissal TRAINING Initial and annual training will be given to all employees to ensure that the purpose and function of this energy and control program are understood PERIODIC INSPECTION Corporate health and safety will conduct an annual audit of the energy control program to ensure that the requirements of their procedures are being followed A record of annual audits will be kept to comply with the certification requirement of periodic inspections HEALTH SAFETY PROCEDURES PERSONAL LIFTING SAFETY PROCEDURE NUMBER 33 Page 1 of 2 LAST REVISED 12 92 APPROVED BY JFK FHH All OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM employees will use the proper lifting techniques and will utili
218. on to concur with direction Wrong direction of rotation ion indicated by arrow on bearing housing or Foot valve or suction pipe opening not Consult factory for proper depth Use baffie submerged enoug to eliminate vortices pump casing h Shorten suction pipe Replace gasket Replace or readjust packing mechanical seal Back flush pump to clean impeller Wom suction sideplate or wear rings Replace detective part as required Ensure that suction line shutoff valve is fully open and line is unobstructed Worn or broken impeller Inspect and replace if necessary Air or vapor pockets in suction line Rearrange piping to eliminate air pockets Pump not producing rated flow or head Insufficient suction head U D gt O O Pump starts then stops pumping Air leak in suction line Repair plug leak improper alignment Re align pump and driver Bearings run hot improper lubrication Check lubricant for suitability and level improper pump driver alignment Align shats A Partiy clogged impeller causing imbalance Tighten hold down bolts of pump and motor Wom bearinos pla 22222222222 Suction or discharge piping not anchored or Anchor per Hydraulic institute Standards properiy supported Manual recommendations Pump is cavitating System probiem Packing gland improperly adjusted Tighten gland nuts ae Stuffing box improperly
219. onditions 2 Adjust HGBV to raise suction temperature to the level listed in the Refrigerant Fiow section 1 Locate leak Repair and recharge Dryer icing up 1 Loss of refrigerant charge Refrigerant compressor cycles on low pressure control 2 Refrigerant filter dryer 2 Replace filter dryer plugged up Water in refrigeration Locate leak Repair leak or replace chiller system Leak in chiller or or condenser water cooled condenser DXR Series 75 scfm 1000 scfm PROBLEM SYMPTOM S POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY 1 Loss of refrigerant 1 Locate leak Repair and recharge charge Refrigerant compressor cycles on low Intermediate air temperature too high High suction temperature pressure control 2 Ranyerini filter dryer 2 Replace filter dryer plugged up 1 Clogged diaphragm 1 Clean diaphragm Valve continuously venting 5 Short in electrical 2 Check and replace connector or timer component assembly 1 No electrical power 1 Check and correct power supply and connections No condensate from oe drain valve Valve not cycling 2 Timer malfunction 2 Replace timer assembly ADV gt 3 Solenoid coil 3 Replace solenoid coil malfunction 4 Clogged ports 4 Clean ports 1 No electrical power 1 Check and correct power supply and button is pushed 2 Timer malfunction 2 Replace timer assembly Table 10 DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTION SIZES
220. onitor PA 152 transmits a signal via modem to the remote monitoring location lighting the common alarm and trips Interlock 1 152 1 152 stops P 220A B This will induce a cascade total system shutdown PSL 152 must be reset to enable the system to restart 1 4 9 3 Building Drainage System and Containment Sump The treatment system building is equipped with a floor drain system for drainage T 025 is a 4 feet diameter precast concrete wet well located exterior to the GWTP on the north side of the building It is used primarily to handle excess pump seal water and any washdown within the GWTP Pump P 025 and P 025A standby serving the wet well can either pump to T 110 or to X 130 but preferably to X 130 due to the potential presence of solids in the water The T 110 containment area collection sump identified as T 115 is also a precast concrete sump to manage liquids within the diked area exterior to the GWTP Containment Area Sump Pump P 115 pumps accumulated liquids to Tank T 110 Building Drainage Pump P 025 P 025A and Containment Area Sump Pump P 115 are submersible centrifugal pumps constructed of carbon steel P 025 and P 025A are capable of pumping 15 gpm at 40 feet TDH using a 3 Hp motor P 115 is capable of pumping 10 gpm at 30 feet TDH These pumps send accumulated liquids to X 130 or to the Groundwater Collection Tank T 110 for processing through the treatment system T 025 and T 115 are equipped with ball float type level switches t
221. or Cleaning Continued 2 Manual Acid Wash Wash the filter cloths and plates with water either by hand or with a high pressure washer Prepare a 5 10 solution of muratic acid in a polyethylene container Then dipwash the cloths and plates in the tank This will probably require several hours to clean the internal weave of the cloth Remove the plates and cloths and wash with water again Continuous Acid Wash A continuous acid recirculation wash system can be utilized by installing the proper feed and filtrate piping on the filter press Consult Netzsch Incorporated for further details if required AM P 205 P 245 c O GOULDS PUMPS Installation Operation and Maintenance Instructions Model LF 3196 STX 1x1 2 4 1x1V2 8 A A a e om ModelLF 3196 emir 1x2 10 MTX LTX 1 2x3 13 LTX 1992 Goulds Pumps Inc PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE GENERAL COMMENTS ooooooooooooooooos 27 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ee ew es 27 MAINTENANCE OF BEARINGS oooooooooooo 28 Oil Lubricated Bearings ee ee ee 28 Grease Lubricated Bearings ee ee ee 29 MAINTENANCE OF SHAFT SEALS AAA 30 Mechanical Seals ooa inei Seal ee Ye e eo ark Gr ade oS A e woe 30 Packed Stuffing Box os base ww ba oe Bow Bel ee 30 Dynamic Seals a scsi uit EA ae puna BS ee ge 30 IMPELLER CLEARANCE SETTING o 31 Di
222. otI f T 240 CN Or F HOA EOT i NP usy 5 5 Loe ON oto L 181 VTO POLYMER R 41715401 6 TOM a TELEND SYSTEM E a j 245V 07 i a z pad y MALO 8 63 GENOD Y SEAL_WATER TO NORTH WALL 3 8 1 sp GEO 10v 05 S INSERT B THIS DWG f i l a E STRAINER sp ABOVE pa 24 O 241 BEY SEAL WATER TO WEST ae Rae O ANOD oN WALL STATIONS A MPPESSED COMPPE SED D es 2254 03 1 y MU adj Alri uA ho FOP DISTRIBUTION y La ps WET 1 TIA DWG_M 1 Ta F 11 2800 BELOW ABOVE INSERTA THIS DWG 421154013 TGW 2 po tg AS 5 CINY 7 ADO ATi 41815401 6 TGW RACKWASH INLET E NE BEL OE SEAL WATER TO PUMP SEAL WATER TO PUMP TO ATM l NITA t i ad Xey aye YF P FE m OUTDOORS INDOORS a 5 i 4 E 7 TYP TYP paces a a v 4 a a i s ER SRG 3215401 8 PW Bare ESS WATER ee 4 y 10 A 7B A 085 s BRANN NO P 4 RAN NO P 4 NI i p oro e Ur Tios v y TO POLYMER l T in MAL pe i PAMI 080 DRAIN O A eee 1 0 0 0 8 ESE a N i INSERT 4 T Yr 4 WEST WALL SEAL tpg INSERT LR R 1 2 WATER STATION NORTH WALL SEAL a WATER STATION SN LORA AS 55 ZS Pl 2200 EEN 0 081 i 43515401 8 PW as N EN D NCC EA A RO NOTE 2 L uoa 7 ETA EXA CONNECTION i INDOORS OUTDOORS as ON 7 Soy AER SS ee eS ee ae 1 o 4 l r 41015401 3 PW RECYCLE LINE P E NOTE ATC r F 220A B C POIT U W 1 o
223. oths as necessary Consult Netzsch incorporated Increase pressure accordingly p ASE Netzsch 630LP Filter Press Chapter X NETZSCH Filtration Systems FILTER PRESS TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Loss of hydraulic pressure Closure system will not reach system pressure Hydraulic cylinder will not retract NOTE Cause Low air pressure Air leaks due to defective tube or fitting Low oil level Defective component which is worn or jammed due to contamination from improper filtered air supply Hydraulic cylinder seals leaking Low air pressure System relief valve set incorrectly or leaking Hydraulic cylinder seals leaking Air in hydraulic circuit Cylinder extended to end of stroke Hydraulic pump malfunction Defective hydraulic pressure gauge Broken spring Air Oil circuit defective part Remedy Increase air pressure to a minimum of 70 psig Locate and replace Check oil level and fill Clean component and check air filtering system Replace seals increase air pressure to reach desired hydraulic pressure Check schematic and repair Replace seals Purge trapped air loosen hydraulic gauge during retract until air escapes Check if filter plates were removed from plate pack Check manufacturer s manual for troubleshooting guide Check hydraulic pressure gauge calibration Check hydraulic cylinder Check Air Oil logic for defective Re
224. ow less than 60 psig 1 200 Air stripper blower K 200 low Stop air stripper feed pumps P 110A B pressure 1 201 T 110 pH low less than 6 5 Stop sulfuric acid feed pump P 211 1 205 Backwash holding tank T 205 level Stop backwash water pump P 241 high 1 206 Backwash holding tank T 205 level Stop spent backwash pump P 205 low 1 211 Air stripper feed pump P 110A B Stop sulfuric acid feed pump P 211 shut down 1 212 Sulfuric acid tank T 211 level low Stop sulfuric acid feed pump P 211 Stop all deep aquifer well pumps P 101 103 105 etc Stop supernatant transfer pump P 145 1 213 Sulfuric acid tank T 211 level high Send off an alarm 1 220 Stripper tank T 220 level low Stop GAC feed pumps P 220A B Stop blower K 200 after 15 minutes time delay 1 221 Stripper tank T 220 level high Stop air stripper feed pumps P 110A B Stop blower K 200 after 5 minutes time delay 1 222 Stripper tank T 220 level high high Stop blower K 200 immediately 1 240 Effluent tank T 240 level low After a 5 minute time delay Stop backwash pump P 241 Stop reuse water pump P 245 Stop GAC feed pumps P 220A B Stop air stripper feed pumps P 110A B Stop supernatant transfer pump P 145 Stop spent backwash pump P 205 INTERLOCK TABLE CAMP LEJEUNE continued Page 3 1 242 Effluent tank T 240 level high Stop GAC feed pumps P 220 A B 1 245 Reuse Seal water pump stopped Stop supernatant
225. packed Check packing and repack box l E e fore SATANG Da Wom mechanical seal pants Replace womparts Overheating mechanical seal Check lubrication and cooling lines Shaft sleeve scored Remachine or replace as required Head lower than rating Pumps too much Consult factory Install throttle valve liquid trim impeller diameter Liquid heavier than expected Check specific gravity and viscosity a packing 0 Readiust packing Replace if wom Check internal wearing parts for proper clearances Motor requires excessive power Rotating parts bind 33 SS 3 0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES 3 1 INTRODUCTION Proper safety measures should be followed while operating all equipment The operator and any personnel in the work zone should read the site specific health and safety plan be familiar with the O amp M manual and should be familiar with the manual of any and all equipment they will be working on or near Proper personal protective equipment shall be worn at all times Section 3 2 contains material data safety sheets Section 3 3 contains standard operating procedures for health and safety and the attached Appendices contains the equipment manuals which contain specific safety requirements for all of the major components 3 2 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS The following are the MSDS sheets for chemicals present at the site MSDS sheets are present for the following
226. perating parameters The off position is set during maintenance or repair operations to isolate the pump from the system PLC HS 100 sends a digital input to the PLC that indicates if the pump is on or off via the position indicator XI 100 displayed on the PLC monitor In the automatic mode operation of all extraction well pumps are controlled by the water level in the well via level switch LS 100 and by the water level in the head tank T 145 via high level switch LIT 145 When the water level in the extraction well drops below the low level setpoint of LE 100A LS 100 sends a digital input to the PLC which displays low level alarm LAL 100 on the monitor LAL 100 then trips interlock input I 100 in the PLC software and sends a digital output signal back to HS 100 that stops the pump When the extraction well water level rises above the low level setpoint LS 100 is reset and LAL 100 is no longer displayed on the PLC monitor When the extraction well recharges further and the water level rises to the high level setpoint of LE 100B it causes pump P 100 to restart locally The shallow extraction well pumps are also controlled by the water level in the head tank T 145 If the water level in T 145 rises above the height of high level switch LIT 145 LIT 145 sends a digital input to the PLC through a dry contact and trips interlock output I 146 in the PLC software The PLC then sends digital output signals to HS 100 HS 102 HS 104 HS 300 HS 302
227. pped on low level in T 240 1 240 sends a signal after a 5 minute time delay to HIS 245 to stop P 245 and pumps P 241 P 220 A B P 110 A B P 145 and P 205 will be interlocked to stop upon the loss of the seal water P 245 must then be started using HIS 245 at the PLC interface or using the local hand switch HS 245 If P 245 is Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 65 OHM 16032 stopped the other pumps P 241 P 220 A B P 110 A B P 145 and P 205 will be interlocked to stop immediately 1 4 9 2 Compressed Air System The ground water treatment system uses compressed air for several purposes including actuation of flow control and block on off valves and aeration in the Iron Removal System Reaction Tank Compressed air is supplied from Air Compressor X 150 X 150 is a reciprocating type oil less air compressor equipped with a 10 Hp motor It is constructed of carbon steel and comes as a self contained unit which includes a receiver tank X 150D with sufficient storage to minimize cycling of the compressor a compressed air dryer X 150C to provide instrument quality air for plant service an oil separator X 150F all required instrumentation and controls and a local control panel The rated capacity of Air Compressor X 150 is 33 CFM at 100 psig The air compressor system local control panel is used to indicate air compressor trouble e g high temperature high pressure etc The low air pressure switch PSL 152 displays an alarm on the PLC m
228. proper adjustment of 2 Remove cap from HGBV and screw out HGBV 1 tum with an allen wrench to lower suction temperature to the level listed in the Refrigerant Flow section 3 Locate leak repair and recharge if chiller must be replaced consult your local distributor Compressor cuts out on intemal overload HIGH EVAP light on 3 Air or noncondensables in refrigeration system Possible leak in chiller C 14 DXR Series 75 scfm 1000 scfm II PE ETS a a PROBLEM AAA A AI dryer Water downstream of dryer High pressure drop across High suction temperature igh suction temperature than 65 F Refrigerant discharge temperature higher than 250 F Excessive airflow may also cause water downstream of dryer Intermediate air temperature below 32 F intermediate air temperature too high Frosting of compressor or no cooling Refrigerant suction temperature too high Refrigerant discharge temperature higher than temperature higher than 65 F Suction temperature higher 3 Excessive airflow 3 Check airflow and system capacity Reduce airflow or resize and replace system Refrigerant discharge Low ambient temperature Consult your local ic da lower than Inlet air temperature lower Low ambient temperature Tum off dryer until ambient temperature than 40 F exceeds required pressure de
229. put may vary widely with fluctuations in the input voltage The following guidelines have been established for submersible mm installations to be warrantable when used with a phase converter 1 Limit pump loading to rated horsepower Do not load into motor service factor 2 Maintain at least three feet per second motor cooling Use a flow sleeve when necessary 3 Use time delay fuses or circuit breakers in pump panel Standard fuses or circuit breakers do not provide secondary motor protecuon 4 Subtrol Plus may be used on electro mechanical type phase converters however special connections are required Consult Subrol Plus Manual for connections of receiver and lightning arrestor A 5 Subtrol Plus will not work with electronic solid state phase converters 6 Current unbalance must not exceed 10 under varying load conditions 7 Report system parameters on Form 2207 Submersible Motor Installacon Record Send to Franklin Electric 400 E Spring Street Bluffton IN 46714 Attencon Field Service Department Upon receipt and analysts of the data and installation details supplied on Form No 2207 Franklin engineers will advise by letter if the installation will be covered by f 7 Franklin s warranty 20 Application Three Phase Motors LE X Reduced Voltage Starters All Franklin three phase submersible motors are suitable for full voltage starting Under this condition the motor speed goes from zero to full sp
230. quipment cannot be re energized while maintenance activities are performed the employee will lockout blank out all potential energy sources The employees will be assigned padlocks with their names or identification numbers affixed to the locks The locks will be individually keyed to prevent another employee from removing the lock inadvertently If more than one employee is assigned to work on the equipment a multi lockout hasp will be used so that all employees working on the equipment can apply their locks and ensure their safety A tagout device will be affixed to all components or systems de energized to indicate that lockout has been performed Prior to performing any work activities the employee will operate the start and stop controls on the equipment to ensure that the equipment has been properly deactivated After the test the equipment must be in neutral or off After the servicing and or maintenance is complete and the equipment is ready for normal operations check the area around the machine or equipment After all tools have been removed from the machine or equipment guards have been reinstalled remove all lockout or tagout devices Operate the energy isolating devices to restore energy to the machine or equipment During certain operations it may be necessary to energize the equipment for a short period of time Employees in the immediate area will be notified and directed to stay clear of the equipment If the operati
231. r equipment associated with the water treatment plant to perform the miscellaneous tasks 1 3 6 1 Startup and Shut Down of Sludge Pump to T 140 The sludge that settles and builds up at the bottom of the clarifier needs to be checked periodically and removed from the clarifier to the sludge tank T 140 Generally this can be checked with the two taps mounted at the bottom section of the clarifier Open the tap and take a sample using a volumetric cylinder or a beaker or a clear plastic cup Let the sample settle for 15 minutes The sludge is thick enough to be drawn out to T 140 if after 15 minutes the water to sludge volume is 50 50 on the top tap and close to 100 on the bottom tap The startup procedure would be e Open the plug valves 143V 03 and 143V 04 e Manually turn the 3 way valve SV 143 or 143V 02 to direct flow to T 140 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 37 OHM 16032 e Open ball valve 150V 22 to allow compressed air to operate the diaphragm pump P 143 Sludge should now be pumped to T 140 Visually check that sludge is flowing to T 140 To shut down pump P 143 e Close ball valve 150V 22 to stop the flow of compressed air to the pump This will stop the pump operation e Close the plug valves 143V 03 and 143V 04 to isolate the line 1 3 6 2 Startup and Shut Down of Filter Press X 140 The filter press will be operated manually when the sludge level in sludge tank T 140 is high The filter press can be operated independe
232. r power outages A table summarizing the interlocks for this plant is provided in the attached Interlock Table 1 4 1 The computer interface with the PLC includes an IBM compatible type 80486 DX computer with 256 color SVGA monitor 24 pin dot matrix printer mouse modem extended keyboard and appropriate user friendly graphical interface This PLC station will be located in the GWTP office It will provide a central location from which the process can be monitored controlled and modified when necessary Also included at this station are the appropriate audible and visual alarms to alert the operators to changes in process parameters that are considered critical These critical alarms are also capable of transmission via modem and telephone lines to a remote monitoring location Transmitting these signals to the remote monitoring location enables the appropriate personnel to immediately respond to critical treatment system alarms All alarms not specified herein as critical register and flash on the treatment system PLC monitor and must be addressed during the daily operation of the treatment system The treatment system control station has the ability to log alarms and measure process parameters e g flow rates pressures pH etc as specified in this document Reports of these parameters as well as the date and time recorded will be included as part of the O amp M Manual 1 4 3 Groundwater Extraction System Groundwater underlying
233. rator Sesx professional advice prior to respirator selection and use Follow OSHA respirator regulations 29 CFR 1910 134 and if neces sary use a NIOSH approved respirator with a mist filter and organic vapor cartridge For emergency or nouroutine operations cleaning spills reactor vessels or storage tanks wear an SCBA Warning Air purijying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen deficient aunaspheres Other Wear impervious gloves boots aprons and gauntlets to prevent skin contact Ventilation Provide general and local explosion proof ventilation systems to maintain airborne concentrations that promote worker safety and Sasser ek Local exhaust ventilation is preft since it prevents contaminant dispersion into the work area by controlling it at its source afety Stations Make available in the work area emergency eyewash stations safety quick dreach showers and washing facilities Contaminated Equipment Never wear contact lenses in the work area soft lenses may absorb and all lenses concentrate irritants Remove this material from your shoes and equipment Launder contaminated clothing before wearing j Comments Never eat drink or smoke in work areas Practice good personal hygiene after using this material especially before eating drinking smoking using the toilet or applying cosmetics Section 9 Special Precautions and Comments E En a torage Requirements Use and storage conditions should be suitable tor a OSHA Class I co
234. ratus full face piece type EXTINGUISHING MEDIA dry chemical carbon dioxide foam or water HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS Thermal decomposition destructive fires yields elemental oxides FLASH POINT gt 200F P M CC 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES PROTECTION AND SPILL CONTAINMENT Ventilate area Use specified protective equipment Contain and absorb on absorbent material Piace in waste disposal container Flush area with water Wet area may be slippery Spread sand yrit DISPOSAL INSTRUCTIONS Water contaminated with this product may be sent to a sanitary sewer treatment facility in accordance with any local agreement a permitted waste treatment facility or discharged under a permit Product as is Incinerate or land dispose in an approved landfill a A A 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE HANDLING Alkaline Corrosive Eyes Do not mix with acidic material STORAGE Keep containers closed when not in use Protect from freezing Do not store at elevated temperatures PAGE 3 CONTINUED MU LU ov ds MO A e rt m PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 B EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION EXPOSURE LIMITS CHEMICAL NAME POLYMERIC DITHIOCARBAMATE PEL OSHA NOT DETERMINED TLV ACGIH NOT DETERMINED ENGINEERING CONTROLS adequate ventilation PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Use protective equipment in accordance with 29CFR 1910 Subpart RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRA
235. resent at OSHA thresholds CALIFORNIA REGULATORY INFORMATION CALIFORNIA SAFE DRINKING WATER AND TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT PROPOSITION 65 CHEMICALS PRESENT No regulated constituent present at OSHA threshoids MICHIGAN REGULATORY INFORMATION No regulated constituent present at OSHA thresholds PAGE 6 CONTINUED Us bus OO ADE atver be tee wee Se ee PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 46 OTHER INFORMATION NFPA HMIS CODE TRANSLATION Health 2 Moderate Hazard Fire 1 Slight Hazard Reactivity 0 Minimal Hazard Special NONE No specia Hazard 1 Protective Equipment 3 Goggles Gloves 1 refer to section 8 of MSDS for additional protective equipment recommendations CHANGE LOG EFFECTIVE DATE REVISIONS TO SECTION SUPERCEDES MSDS status 01 NOV 1995 NEW 02 NOV 1995 01 NOV 1995 06 NOV 1995 12 02 NOV 1995 27 MAR 1996 2 8 06 NOV 1995 PAGE 7 MD e AS euro AO DETZ q SAFETY DATA SHEET EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 PRINTED DATE 07 JUN 1996 1 CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 PRODUCT APPLICATION AREA COAGULANT COMPANY ADDRESS Betz Water Management Group Division Betz Laboratories Inc 200 Witmer Road Horsham PA 19044 Information phone number 215 773 8131 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE HEALTH ACCIDENT 800 877 1940 USA 2 COMPOSITION INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS information for specific product ingredients as required by the OS
236. rical panel The operator will lose control over the entire treatment system using this method After the system is shut down check that the chemical feed pumps caustic acid metal scavenger and polymer are shut off If not turn them off manually Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 70 OHM 16032 1 5 3 Guidance on Emergency Operations of Utility Systems 1 5 3 1 Power Failure e Upon power failure all equipment will stop the well pumps will stop and no water will be transferred to tanks The operator should prepare to re start the system once the power comes back on e Ifthe diaphragm pumps P 141 P 143 are operating they will continue to operate as long as there is compressed air available The operator should turn off the air valve to stop the flow of compressed air and stop the diaphragm pumps until the power comes back on e When the power comes back on be sure to restart the seal water pump P 245 first and follow the start up procedure in Section 1 3 1 5 3 2 Potable Water Failure e The water treatment plant does not require any outside source of potable water to operate therefore the treatment plant can continue to run as usual e Because the toilet facility requires potable water the toilet should be closed off when the potable water is shut down 1 5 3 3 Natural Gas Failure e The water treatment plant does not require natural gas to operate therefore the treatment plant can continue to run as usual e The treatme
237. roblems associated with the Filter Press filtration process Problem Slurry leaking from plates Plate breakage Plate pack has risen above side rails during closing Cloudy filtrate Cause z Low hydraulic pressure Wrinkle or hole in filter cioth Sealing surface dirty Possible piate warpage Press is not square and level Solids build up in slurry feed pipe causing pressure differential Solids build up in filtrate holes reducing fiow Filter plates not aligned properiy Filter plate pack not square Holes in filter cloths Process changes Remedy Increase hydraulic pressure and check for leaks Replace filter cloth Use nylon cake scraper to remove cake from sealing surface Replace plate Check pressure and temperature of system Check alignment See Chapter V Clean slurry feed pipe and plate feed hole Clean filtrate holes in plate Reshiit plates against the headplate Sealing surface of plates and cloths dirty clean Replace filter cloths Consult Netzsch Incorporated ae o amo pr EZ Netzsch 630LP Filter Press Troubleshooting Continued Slurry pump stalls indicating the press is full But when the press is opened an egg shelled cake is formed Clogged feed eye feed eyes Filter cloths plugged Process changes Sludge pump air pressure is too low NETZSCH Filtration Systems Use cake scraper to clean Clean or replace filter cl
238. rom air causing a severe hazard to workers inside carbon vessels and enclosed or confined spaces Before entering such an area sampling and work procedures for low oxygen levels should be taken to ensure ample oxygen availability observing all local state and federal regulations This product is non hazardous according to the definitions for health hazard and physical hazard provided in the OSHA Hazard Communication Law 29 CFR part 1910 SECTION If PHYSICAL DATA BOILING POINT F SPECIFIC GRAVITY M 0 1 2 3g 0c real density PERCENT VOLATILE VAPOR PRESSURE tn ee N A PO E a A N A SOLUBILITY IN WATER insoluble omen packing density 0 4 to 0 7 cc APPEARANCE AND ODOR black particulate solid While this information and recommendations set forth herein are believed to be accurate as of the date hereof CALGON CARBON CORPORATION MAKES NO WARRANTY WITH RESPECT HERETO AND DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FROM RELIANCE THEREON Page 1 of INCOMPATADILITY i NER Materisis to Avoid Strong oxidizers such as ozone liquid oxygen chlorine permanganate etc m STABLE X CONDITIONS STABILITY its ABLE TO AvVOIO None P ROOUS DECOMPOSITION UCTS Carbon monoxide may be generated in the event of fire SECTION Vil SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES REPORTABLE QUANTITIES RQ NOTIFY EPA OF PRODUCT SPILLS IN LBS OF EPA HAZARDOUS N A EQUAL TO OR EXCEEDING 2 a ANA _ m 3 STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPIL
239. rom the deep wells The expected flow from each well is shown in Table 1 4 1 as follows Table 1 4 1 Expected Flow from Each Well Deep Aquifer Wells DMW 1 P 301 150 DRW 1 P 101 DRW 2 P 103 DRW 3 P 105 Shallow Aquifer Wells SRW 1 P 100 SRW 2 P 102 SRW 3 P 104 SRW 4 P 300 SRW 5 P 302 SRW 6 P 304 B 0 oO ao ES The water treatment plant is designed to treat the extracted groundwater to meet the effluent organics criteria as shown in Table 1 4 2 The estimated influent water quality is also shown in Table 1 4 2 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 43 OHM 16032 During normal operations the operator should identify the total amount of water extracted from the wells by taking the readings from the flow elements FE 100 FE 101 etc installed locally at the well head The operator should then set the flow control valves FCV 110 and FCV 220 to match the total flow extracted from the wells This will allow for a more stable operation and reduces the frequency of cycling the pumps on and off due to high and low tank levels Table 1 4 2 Groundwater Treatment System Influent and Effluent Characteristics Required E t 1 2 Dichloroethene Tetrachloroethene Vinyl Chloride 800 During normal operations the treatment plant is automated with controls interlocks and alarms The process description and control philosophy presented below describes the process streams flow rates equipment sizes
240. rt Note to Physicians Perform endoscopy in all suspected cases of sodium hydroxide ingestion Perform blood analysis to determine if dehydration acidosis or other electrolyte imbalances have occurred Section 7 Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures Spill Leak Notify safety personnel isolate hazard area deny entry and stay upwind of spills Cleanup personnel should protect against vapor inhalation and skin or eye contact Use water spray to disperse vapors but do not spray directly on spills Absorb small liquid spills with fly ash or cement powder Neutralize spill with vinegar or dilute acid Perlite and Cellosolve WP 3H hydroxyethyl cellulose are recommended for vapor suppression and containment of 50 sodium hydroxide solutions Place material in suitable container sodium hydroxide corrodes steel at temperatures above 60 C for later disposal For large wet spills dike flow using soil sand bags foamed polyurethane or foamed concrete to contain for later disposal Follow applicable OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910 120 Environmental Transport In solid form sodium hydroxide is not mobile although it very easily absorbs moisture Once liquid sodium hydroxide rapidly leaches into the soil possibly contaminating water sources Environmental Degradation Ecotoxicity values as 100 NaOH TLm mosquito fish 125 ppm 96 hr fresh water TLm bluegill 99 mg 48 hr tap water Disposal Contact your supplier or a licensed contractor for detaile
241. ry chemical carbon dioxide foam or water HAARREHARAD ARMAR RARA AARRURAARARAIARRARRA AURORA RR Ah POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS ACUTE SKIN EFFECTS Primary route of exposure May cause moderate irritation to the skin ACUTE EYE EFFECTS Severe irritant to the eyes ACUTE RESPIRATORY EFFECTS Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract INGESTION EFFECTS May cause gastrointestinal irritation TARGET ORGANS No evidence of potential chronic effects MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED Not known SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE May cause redness or itching of skin irritation and or tearing of eyes direct contact PAGE 2 CONTINUED PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 gt 4 FIRST AID MEASURES SKIN CONTACT Remove contaminated clothing Wash exposed area with a large quantity of soap Solution or water for 15 minutes EYE CONTACT Immediately flush eyes with water for 15 minutes Immediately contact a physician for additional treatment INHALATION Remove victim from contaminated area to fresh air Apply appropriate first aid treatment as necessary INGESTION Do not feed anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsive victim Do not induce vomiting Immediately contact physician Dilute contents of stomach using 3 4 glasses milk or water 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS Fire fignters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing appa
242. s supported sufficiently to prevent binding stresses 2 The motor support assembly must not restrict the flow of cooling water around the full diameter of the motor The motor supports must be on the motor endbell castings and not on the stator shell 3 CONTROLS Franklin Subtrol Plus is strongly recommended for all large submersibles If Subtrol is not employed properly sized ambient compensated quick trip overloads must be ualized In addition a surge arrestor should be installed on all systems and properly grounded 4 WIRING Franklin lead assemblies are sized for submerged operation and may not be adequate for use in open air Any wiring not submerged must comply with Franklin s cable charts 5 WATER TEMPERATURE The temperature of the water should be monitored at the inlet to each booster When temperatures exceed 86 F 30 C motor derating is required 6 INLET PRESSURE The inlet pressure on each booster should be monitored and not be allowed below the pump s specified Net Positive Suction Head Requirement NPSHR If NPSHR is unknown at least 20 P S L should be maintained at all times 7 DISCHARGE FLOW The flow rate for each pump should be monitored and never be allowed to drop below the minimum required to maintain cooling flow velocities Pressure relieving valves should be employed to prevent running the pump at shut off 8 DISCHARGE PRESSURE The discharge pressure should be great enough to prevent upthrust 9
243. setting 9 Check shaft for free turning 10 Replace coupling guard R 31 gt FEELER GAUGE METHOD f 1 Remove coupling guard Refer to coupling guard instructions in Appendix ll Loosen jam nuts 423B on jack bolts 371A and back bolts out about two turns Fig 20 Tighten locking bolts 370C eveniy drawing bearing housing 134A towards frame 228 until impeller contacts the casing Turn shaft to ensure contact is made With a feeler gauge set the gap between the three locking bolts 370C and bearing housing 134A per impeller clearances in Table 3 Evenly back out bearing housing 134A using the three jack bolts 371A until it contacts the locking boits 370C Evenly tighten jam nuts 423B Check shaft for free tuming Replace coupling guard Feeler Gauge Over 400 F 204 C Table 3 Impeller Clearances VARIOUS SERVICE TEMPERATURES 200 F 93 C 0 015 in 0 38 mm 250 F 121 C 0 017 in 0 43 mm 300 F 149 C 0 019 in 0 48 mm 350 F 177 C 0 021 in 0 53 mm 400 F 204 C 0 023 in 0 58 mm 0 025 in 0 64 mm PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE TROUBLE SHOOTING Table 7 Troubleshooting Pump i Reprime pump check that pump and suction Pump not primed line are full of liquid Suction line dogged Remove obstructions Impeller clogged with foreign material Back flush pump to clean impeller No liquid delivered Change rotati
244. sing the telemetry Observe water flow through flow meter FE 100 FE 102 etc Begin pumping water from the well to X 130 Record time and flow rate via FE 100 FE 102 etc rate should be approximately 5 gpm per well for the shallow wells Throttle the flow locally with the hand valve 100V 02 102V 02 etc to the desired flow from each well Equalize flow rate into X 130 to approximately 30 gpm total using the hand valves Slowly crack open ball valve 150V 16 to allow compressed air to flow into the diffuser in X 130 Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 30 OHM 16032 Record compressed air flow from rotameter FI 150 Compressed air flow should be approximately 5 cfm total Measure and record pH of water flowing into X 130 Turn HOA switch on caustic pump P 121 to AUTO Add caustic using P 121 to adjust pH to between 8 5 and 9 0 in X 130 Add diluted polymer from X 132 when water reaches the last chamber of X 130 by turning on the polymer feed pump X 132 Initial dosage should correspond to optimal jar test dosage in gallons per hour Make sure polymer dilution water is flowing at the preset rate Turn on the metal scavenger pump X 132A if this chemical is needed Set P 145 HOA switch to AUTO P 145 will pump effluent to T 110 on demand based on the preset tank level to be maintained if not switch to HAND for manual operation when tank is filling NOTE Due to the small capacity of T 145 the water level should be ba
245. sure May cause moderate irritation to the skin May cause dermatitis Tos ACUTE EYE EFFECTS l May cause moderate irritation to the eyes ACUTE RESPIRATORY EFFECTS Mists aerosols may cause irritation to upper respiratory tract INGESTION EFFECTS May cause gastrointestinal irritation with possible nausea vomiting diarrhea incoordination mental confusion dizziness and lethargy TARGET ORGANS Prolonged or repeated exposures may cause CNS depression and or defatting type dermatitis MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED Not known SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE May cause redness or itching of skin PAGE 2 CONTINUED VO LU oy e o avav ir PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC 690 EFFECTIVE DATE 01 NOV 1995 gt 4 FIRST AID MEASURES SKIN CONTACT Remove contaminated clothing Wash exposed area with a large quantity of soap solution or water for 15 minutes EYE CONTACT Immediately flush eyes with water for 15 minutes Immediately contact a physician for additional treatment INHALATION Remove victim from contaminated area to fresh air Apply appropriate first aid treatment as necessary INGESTION Do not feed anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsive victim Do not induce vomiting Immediately contact physician Dilute contents of stomach using 3 4 glasses milk or water 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS Fire fighters should wear positive pressure self contained breathing apparatus full fac
246. t FIQ 101 e flow FIQ 103 Deep well pump P 103 discharge flow FIQ 105 FIQ 301 FIQ 100 FIQ 102 FIQ 104 Shallow well pump P 104 discharge flow FIQ 300 Shallow well pump P 300 discharge flow Shallow well pump P 304 discharge flow Treated effluent to creek SRW 5 well water high level SRW 6 well water high level Level switch Level switch Level switch Level switch Level switch DRW 1 well water level Level switch Level switch Level switch Level gauge Backwash water holding tank level Level gauge Stripper holding tank T 220 water level LIT 110 Level transmitter Groundwater storage tank level LIT 121 Level transmitter Caustic storage tank level LIT 131 Level transmitter 131 sludge level X LIT 145 Level transmitter T 145 head tank level Te 211 LIT 220 Level transmitter 211 sulfuric acid level 025 110 115 121 Level switch Drainage sump T 025 level Level switch Groundwater storage tank high level Level switch Caustic tank T 121 level high Level switch Backwash water holding tank high level rir e e ie Je fe E a a ln uan an a 14 mf asi tm pe e he t e fa fa e le E lo o Un Level switch Acid tank T 211 level high 220 Level switch Stripper tank T 220 level high HH 110 E Un an Level switch Drainage sump T 025 level Level switch Groundwater storage tank low level L 205 LSL 115 LSL 220 PCV 150 PDIT 220A PDIT 220B
247. t mist filters SKIN PROTECTION Rubber gloves Wash off after each use Replace as necessary EYE PROTECTION Splash proof chemical goggles 79 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Specific Grav 70F 1 125 Vapor Pressure mmHG Freeze Point F 35 00 Vapor Density air 1 Viscosity cps 70F 1160 Solubility water Odor Mild Appearance Red Brown Physical State Liquid Flash Point F gt 200 P M CC pH As Is approx 2 2 Evaporation Rate Ether 1 lt 1 00 NA not applicable ND not determined PAGE 4 j CONTINUED 18 0 lt 1 00 100 0 UD AV OY hee we a os ERA eo vv PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E660 EFFECTIVE DATE 29 AUG 1995 en 40 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY STABILITY Stable HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION Will not occur INCOMPATIBILITIES May react with strong oxidizers DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS Thermal decomposition cestructive fires yields elemental oxides ES INTERNAL PUMPOUT CLEANOUT CATEGORIES 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Oral LDSO RAT gt 5 200 mg kg Dermal LD50 RABBIT gt 5 200 mg kg Skin Irritation Score RABBIT 0 17 Eye Irritation Sccre RABBIT 6 3 NOTE 6 3 maximum at 24 hours Completely reversible at day 7 Ames Assay BACTERIA Negative NOTE Negative both with and without metabolic activation Non Ames Mutagenicity MOUSE Negative NOTE Mouse Mi cronucleus Cytogenetic Assay 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY Fathead Minnow 96 Hour Static Renewal Bi
248. talled with exactly the same orientation if the labyrinth is ever disassembled care should be taken to insure that the tubing is not kinked or otherwise restricted This is especially important to avoid reinstallation of the tubing The stainless steel rods that hold the labyrinth assembly together should be were factory tightened to about 5 to 10 ft Ib Upon reassembly the rods should be tightened enough to hold the assembly togeather Test the labyrinth for leaks with water Check the tube fittings should a leak be discovered Should you encounter problems or need additional information please contact Semblex Direct WARNING if any polymer is spilled immediately clean the floor or work area Polymer makes the work area and floor very slick f Controls and Fuses The electrical power for the unit is 120 volt M senoex a m 60 Hz single phase The instrument lamps bulbs will eventually burn out requiring replacement Order replacement bulbs from your local electrical supply house or Semblex Direct The unit is fused If the PolyMax is overloaded or short circuited the power fuse could blow and would need replacing This fuse is located on the back of the electrical contro panel inside the PolyMax The diaphragm type metering pump has a system of fuses within the metering pump Should the pump fail to operate check for power to the PolyMax If the internal light and instrument lamps glow
249. temperature to 120 F max reduce airflow if temperature is higher than 100 F see Airflow section 4 Have refrigeration mechanic locate and repair leak Recharge Refer to data plate for refrigerant type and quantity 5 Ambient air temperature 5 Vent compressor room to outside too high for air cooled compressor PROBLEM Refrigerant compressor cut out by high refrigerant discharge pressure control 4 Air in refrigeration system Water downstream of dryer 6 Aftercooler coolant air 6 Baffle or vent to outside air ie biowing on air cooled condenser 1 Inadequate ventilation of air cooled compressor 1 Ensure adequate ventilation of the condensing unit see Clearance Motor will re start automatically when compressor is cool 2 insufficient cooling water 2 Ensure adequate cooling water see for water cooled Table 1 Motor will re start automatically compressor when compressor is cool 3 Leak in refrigeration 3 Locate leak Repair and recharge system Motor will re start automatically when compressor is cool 4 Incorrect adjustment of 4 Call your local distributor refrigeration control valves Compressor windings read Compressor bumed out Have refrigeration mechanic check and open or shorted replace 1 Leak in refrigeration 1 Locate leak repair and recharge system 2 am
250. th emphasis on the respiratory tract including pulmonary function tests skin eyes and teeth Transportation Data 49 CFR 172 101 DOT Shipping Name Sulfuric acid Packaging Authorizations Quantity Limitations l DoT a zar 8 a os 173 154 en a Passenger Aircraft or Railcar 1L pS ae b Non bulk Packaging 173 b Cargo Aircraft Only 30L kagi 7 Laven Conve a a ai Vessel Stowage Requirements scial Provisions 172 102 A3 A7 B2 a Vessel Stowage C B83 B84 N34 T9 T27 b Other 14 MSDS Collection References 26 73 89 100 101 103 124 126 127 131 132 139 140 148 149 153 159 163 164 167 171 174 180 Prepared by MJ Wurth BS Industrial Hygiene Review DJ Wilson CIH Medical Review AC Darlington MPH Copyright 1992 by Genium Publishing Corporation Any commercial use or reproduction without the publisher s permission is prohibited Jadgments as to the suitability of information herein for the purchaser s purposes are necessarily the purchaser s responsibility Although reasonable care has been taken in the preparation of such information Genium Publishing Corporation extends no warranties makas no representations and assumes no responsibility as to the accuracy or suitmbility of mch mformation for application to the purchaser s intended purpose ar for consequences of its use Material Safety Data Sheets Collection Genium Publishing Corporatio
251. thalmologist immediately Skin Quickly remove contaminated clothing Rinse with flooding amounts of water for at least 15 min Use a 2 sodium bicarbonate solution to further neutralize any H SO on the skin Wash exposed area with soap and water For reddened or blistered skin consult a physician Inhalation Remove exposed person to fresh air and support breathing as needed Ingestion Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious or convulsing person Contact a poison control center Unless otherwise advised have that conscious and alert person drink 1 to 2 glasses of water or milk to dilute Do nor induce vomiting Do not attempt to neutralize the acid with sodium bicarbonate Note to Physicians Monitor arterial blood gases chest x ray and pulmonary function tests if respiratory tract irritation or respiratory depression is evident Treat dermal irritation or burns with standard topical therap Section 7 Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures i ae Spill Leak Notify safety personnel of spill evacuate all unnecessary personnel remove all ignition sources and provide adequate ventilation Cleanup personnel should wear fully encapsulating vapor protective clothing to protect against inhalation and skin or eye contact Keep water and combustibles away from release Stop or control leak if this can be done without undue risk Neutralize small spills with sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of soda ash slaked lime 50 50 and place into sealed containers
252. the fuse within the diaphragm pump should be checked WARNING 2 Follow plant safety rules before opening a pump control panel or any electrical enclosure 8 C TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE AND ABBREVIATED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Note The PolyMax has electrical overload protective devices The entire unit is fused See electrical schematic WARNING Follow plant safety rules before opening a pump control panel or any electrical enclosure The diaphragm type pump has overload internal fuses If a fuse is burned out replace with the same kind and type of fuse The following Troubleshooting Guide provides suggestions to solve problems Each major component manual also has a troubleshooting guide for the item As an example the diaphragm pump manual also has useful information about solving diaphragm pump problems The PolyMax Abbreviated Maintenance Schedule also presents items to check periodically Again more detailed information about the various system components is contained within the PolyMax Manual if additional information is needed please contact the Semblex Representative which provided the equipment or if preferred contact Semblex Direct TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION No Water Flow Inlet Valve Closed Check Water Supply Valves Turn On Power Switch or Power Supply Defective Switch Fuse Burned Out Power Not Connected No Electrical Pow
253. the groundwater returns within the setpoint range Hand switch HS 211 allows operators to start and stop P 211 locally Interlock I 211 is tripped when both P 110A B are off This interlock will stop P 211 When P 110A B start I 211 is reset and P 211 restarts 1 4 5 3 Chemical Storage The 93 percent sulfuric acid used to neutralize the combined groundwater is stored in a 2 000 gallon polyethylene tank within secondary containment inside the building Acid Pump P 211 rated at 5 gph is used to withdraw acid from the storage container through a 1 inch line An identical pump P 212 rated at 5 gph has been installed as a precaution to manually pump sulfuric acid back to X 130 if required The Acid Storage Tank T 211 has been sized appropriately for less frequent filling and to accommodate vacation or holiday periods when operators may not be available to replenish the supply 1 4 6 Air Stripping System 1 4 6 1 Air Stripper Column and Equipment Groundwater flows from the Air Stripper Feed Pump P 110 A B to the top of Air Stripper Column C 200 where it discharges to atmospheric pressure and flows onto the tower packing The air stripper system removes VOCs from the groundwater by mass transfer to the air stream running counter current upward to the downward water flow The air stream is then discharged to atmosphere C 200 is a counter current column that is approximately 5 feet in diameter and approximately 55 feet high along the straight sides
254. the water treatment plant The common contaminant in the groundwater is organic contamination Because the shallow groundwater contains a higher amount of iron and other metals contamination an extra treatment step is implemented for the shallow groundwater The pre treated shallow groundwater is then combined with the deep aquifer groundwater in the groundwater storage tank T 110 equalized and pH adjusted The organic contaminant in the shallow and deep groundwater is then removed via air stripping cartridge filter filtration and granulated carbon adsorption This section attempts to provide a more detailed step by step procedure and sequence towards the startup of the water treatment plant However the operator is strongly encouraged to refer to the vendors manual to become more familiar with each piece of equipment their function and individual operation and trouble shooting guide specific to that piece of equipment The purpose of the procedures provided below is to link or integrate the individual pieces of equipment together to become an operating water treatment plant as a whole 1 3 2 General Startup Sequence Prior to getting involved with the detail step by step plant startup procedures the following general startup sequence is provided in a summary form to help the reader understand the logic of the system startup The reader should also refer to the P amp ID drawings P 1 through P 6 for the system arrangement piping instrumentation
255. tissue lips chin tongue and pharynx covered with exudate fluid oozed from swollen tissue esophageal edema swelling from fluid buildup in esophagus walls that can prevent swallowing within hours edematous gelatinous and necrotic localized tissue Continue on next page No 3A Sodium Hydroxide 50 Liquid 11 91 Section 6 Health Hazard Data continued death mucous membranes vomiting sometimes coffee grounds like material due to digestive hemorrhage rapid faint pulse and cold clammy skinMeath commonly occurs due to shock asphyxia oxygen loss due to interrupted breathing or pneumonia by the second or third day after ing Mist inhalation can cause many burns temporary hair loss in nasal passages since sodium hydroxide breaks down keratin and F yulmonary edema fluid in lungs Skin contact causes slippery soapy feeling that is usually not painful for 3 min after contact even t kin damage begins immediately It causes burns keratin hair and nails destruction and intracellular edema excess fluid in skin cells with damage progressing to severe burns tissue corrosion deep ulcerations and permanent scarring if not washed off immediately The cornea begins to corrode on contact Disintegration and sloughing of conjunctival and corneal epithelium may progress to temporary or permanent corneal opacification cloudiness becoming impervious to light or symblepharon adhesion of lid to eyeball Chronic Effects Der
256. transformers Phase Submersible Motors relay setting is the specified amps divided by the transformer ratio Notes for Overload Protection Tables Page 16 i Approved Adjustable Overload Relays F AEG Series B17S B27S B27 2 Note 1 Furnas intermediate sizes between NEMA starter sizes ABB Type RVH 40 RVH6S RVP160 apply where 1 is shown in tables size 1 3 4 replacing 2 2 1 2 Allen Bradley Bulletin 193 replacing 3 and 3 1 2 replacing 4 Heaters listed apply to Innova Fanal Types K7 or K7D through K400 45 designs and Defenite Purpose Class 16 starters through their Fuji Types TR OQ TR OQH TR 2NQ TR 3NQ available range and to standard starters in larger sizes Overioad TR 6NQ RCa 3737 1CQ amp ICQI relay dusters should de sec no hipher chan 100 unless Fumas Types USIS 48AG amp 48BG ESPIOO Class 10 only necessary to stop nuisance tipping with measured amps in all Pra ei CRAG ae ATOM epee lines below nameplate maximum ockner Moeiler Types ZOO 1 PKZM34 P Lovato RC9 RC22 amp RC30 Note 2 General Electric heaters are type CR123 usable only on Asco Delta Types DQ LR1 D LRI F de LR2 D type CR124 overload relays Adjustment should be set no higher Sprecher and Schuh Types CT CT1 CTA 1 CT3K CT3 12 thruCT3 42 than 100 unless necessary to stop nuisance tipping with Siemens Types UASO 52 54 58 59 62 66 MSP 3VE measured amps in all lines below nameplate maximum Square D Class 9065 Types TD TE TF TG TJ
257. trations at the lowest practical level Other Precautions Institute preplacement and periodic medical exams of exposed workers emphasizing the eyes skin and respiratory tract Consider a respiratory protection program that includes regular training maintenance inspection and evaluation Educate employees to the possible hazards in using sodium hydroxide wo Transportation Data 49 CFR 172 101 102 D ipping Name Sodium hydroxide liquid or solution IMO Shipping Name Sodium hydroxide solution P zard Class Corrosive material IMO Hazard Class 8 I JN1824 ID No UN1824 DOr Label Corrosive IMO Label Corrosive DOT Packaging Exceptions 173 244 IMDG Packaging Group I DOT Packaging Requirements 173 249 MSDS Collection References 26 38 73 89 100 101 103 124 126 127 132 133 136 139 140 143 146 148 149 153 159 161 163 Prepared by M Gannon BA Industrial Hygiene Review DJ Wilson CIH Medical Review W Silverman MD Edited by JR Stuart MS 1 Copynent 1991 by Genium Publishing Corporation Any commercial use or reproduction without the publisher s permission is prohibited Judgments as to the suitability of information herein for the purchaser s purposes q LOs 1U DU Atv EAS wee we BETZ MATERIAL Z4 SAFETY DATA SHEET EFFECTIVE DATE 27 MAR 1996 PRINTED DATE 07 JUN 1996 1 CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME BETZ ENTEC E632 PRODUCT APPLICATION AREA
258. ttings or any other equipment not designed as walking surfaces 3 10 Stairways walkovers or ramps shall be installed where personnel must walk or step over equipment in the course of their normal duties LAST REVISED 12 92 APPROVED BY JFK FHH This procedure shall be used by OHM Remediation Services Corp OHM personnel to ensure that the machine or equipment being worked on is isolated from all potential hazardous energy sources and locked out or tagged out before an employee performs any servicing or maintenance activity where that unexpected energization start up or release of energy could cause an injury Energy sources can be electrical mechanical hydraulic pneumatic chemical thermal or other energy PURPOSE This procedure establishes the minimum safety requirements to ensure the proper deactivation of movable electrically energized pressurized equipment and systems and systems containing hazardous materials prior to repairing cleaning oiling adjusting or similar work This procedure complies with the requirements in 29 CFR 1910 147 REQUIREMENTS This procedure applies to all equipment that receives energy from electrical power hydraulic fluid under pressure compressed air steam energy stored in springs potential energy from suspended parts or any other source that may cause unexpected movement when it is necessary to perform work on that system It also applies to similar functions performed on systems cont
259. uipped with Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switch HS 211 that is used to control pump start stop operation T 110 can also receive water through the building drainage sump T 025 or the containment area collection sump T 115 adjacent to Tank T 110 Agitation of T 110 is provided by a ductile iron jet mixing pump Item P 120 that circulates 1 230 gpm of water through high velocity jets mounted at the base of T 110 The jet mixing pump is powered by a 10 hp motor Groundwater is pumped to the Air Stripper Item C 200 DWG P 5 from T 110 by Air Stripper Feed Pumps P 110A B P 110A B are ANSI standard horizontal centrifugal pumps capable of pumping 540 gpm of water at 80 feet TDH using a 15 hp TEFC motor The pumps are also equipped with Hand Off Auto HOA Hand Switches HS 110A and HS 110B that are used to control the pump operation P 110A is the primary pump and P 110B serves as an installed spare to be used during maintenance or repair of P 110A P110A and P110B are sized to accommodate a continuous flow rate of 540 gpm To avoid excessive starting and stopping of pumps P110A B and to provide constant flow to the air stripping tower a continuous recycle loop for Tank T 110 is provided The flow from these pumps is controlled by a flow control valve FCV 110 1 4 5 2 Groundwater Storage and Feed System Instrumentation and Control As mentioned earlier in this document LSH 110 and LSH 110 provide alarms and appropriate interlocks to the groundwater
260. urned on line out all the valves 211V 01 211V 04 110V 14 etc on the acid line to T 110 Add sulfuric acid with feed pump P 211 to lower pH to between 7 5 and 8 0 HOA switch for P 211 should be in AUTO position for automatic operation 1 3 3 7 Air Stripper Cartridge Filter and Carbon Absorber Feed Preparation Close all drain valves and sample ports Close gate valve 110V 04 and butterfly valve 110V 06 to isolate P 110B backup Open gate valve 110V 01 and butterfly valve 110V 03 Check that the desired T 110 water level to control the operation of flow control valve FCV 110 has been preset Note FCV 110 will open or close to maintain the preset tank level Close butterfly valve 110V 09 on 6 bypass around FCV 110 Open ball valves on pump recycle line 110V 10 and 110V 11 Open ball valves on pump redundant pH recycle line 110V 15 and 110V 16 Start air stripper blower K 200 to air stripper Close gate valve 220V 05 and butterfly valve 220V 07 to isolate P 220B backup Camp Lejeune O amp M Manual 1 32 OHM 16032 Open butterfly valves 220V 01 220V 04 gate valve 220V 02 and ball valve 220V 09 recycle line If P 220A B intake line from air stripper tank T 220 to pump inside building is empty this line has to be primed Use a water hose to fill the intake line with water open the air exit valve inside building to let air out Check that the desired T 220 tank level to control the flow control valve FCV
261. used for measuring the discharge pressure from the extraction well pump to monitor if the pump is functioning according to its design parameters A turbine flowmeter FE 101 provides instantaneous and total flow measurements from P 101 displayed locally and represented by FIQ 101 This allows operators to adjust the flow rate with the manual ball valve Instrumentation is connected to the appropriate valving to provide maintenance access The same control scheme is designed for each extraction well pump P 101 is equipped with a Hand Off Auto HOA Switch HS 101 that controls the pump operation This switch allows the pump operation mode to be set to manual hand off switched off to override any other inputs or automatic controlled by the PLC The pump normally operates in the automatic mode The manual position is used during system start up and after pump maintenance to determine operating parameters The off position is set during maintenance or repair operations to isolate the pump from the system PLC HS 101 sends a digital input to the PLC that indicates if the pump is on or off via the position indicator XI 101 displayed on the PLC monitor In the automatic mode operation of all extraction well pumps are controlled by the water level in the well via level switches LS 101 and by the water level in the Groundwater Storage Tank T 110 via high high level switch LSH 110 When the water level in the extraction well drops below the low
262. ut down l oo Automatic Shut Down Malfunction or Failsafe Condition When was the system discovered down Date Time Please give detailed information for the reasons the system was down What actions were taken to correct the problem Wash the problem repairable and the system restarted for normal operation Y N If the problem was not immediately repairable what actions were taken to resolve the problem Completed by Field Equipment Specialist Were you able to restart the system Y N Restart time and date If no what actions were taken What was the cause of the shut off Date and time the project engineer was notified Completed by Field Project Engineer Date and time you reviewed this form Notes Table 2 7 Maintenance and Repairs Report gt Teporting Person This form is to be completed whenever maintenance repairs filter changing backwashing etc occurs to the system Complete this form immediately upon completion of repairs Two copies of this form should be made One copy should go to the project engineer and the second to the project manager The original should be kept in the on site file Employee Name and Number Person Who Performed Supervised Repair Maintenance Description of Work Date and time work started Date Time Was the entire system shut down Y N If yes what was the time and date Date Time If yes was the system down report completed Y N Description of work perform
263. ver resistance and solid state types because it draws lower line current for the same starting torque Wye Delta starters are used with six lead Wye Deita motors All Franklin 6 and 8 three phase motors are available in six lead Wye Delta constuction Consult the factory for details and availability Part winding starters are not usable with Franklin Electric submersible motors When reduced voltage starters are used it is recommended the motor be supplied with at least 55 of rated voltage to ensure adequate starting torque Most autotransformer starters have 65 and 85 taps Setting the taps on these starters depends on the percentage of the maximum allowable cable length used in the system If the cable length is less than 50 of the maximum allowable either the 65 or 80 taps may be used When the cable length is more than 50 of the allowable the 80 tap should be used Solid state reduced voltage starters may be used with submersibles but may not be usable with Subtro Plus Consult the factory Both electromechanical and solid state starters have adjustable ime delays for starting Typically they are preset at 30 seconds They must be set so the motor is at full voltage within two to three seconds maximum to prevent overload trip and unnecessary motor heating Open transition starters which momentarily interrupt power during the starting cycle are not recommended Should the motor pump rotating parts be passing through the
264. w point Dryer icing up Suction temperature lower Adjust HGBV clockwise to raise to 33 F than 32 F Bypass the dryer while adjusting 220 F Refrigerant suction 1 Remove cap from HGBV and screw out HGBV 1 tum with an allen wrench to lower suction temperature to the level listed in the Refrigerant Flow section 2 Inlet air temperature 2 Reduce aftercooler discharge poner than 130 F ped ima to design conditions 130 F max 1 Improper adjustment of HGBV 4 Leak in eN 4 Locate Jeak repair and A eN 1 Condensertouled or 1 Clean or replace condenser clogged 2 Fan motor inoperative 2 Replace fan motor air cooled condensers only 3 Incorrect fan cyclin 3 Consult your local distributor switch setting air cooled condensers only 4 Inlet air temperature too 4 Check temperature of inlet air Reduce high to design conditions 5 High ambient 5 Ventilate area temperature 6 Incorrect water valve 6 Adjust water valve to 210 psig To adjustment water cooled decrease the pressure turn the slotted condensers only square extension on the water regulating valve at the compressor inlet clockwise increasing the water flow To increase the pressure tum the extension counterclockwise Dryer improperly sized Check airflow and aryor capacity see Table 8 Reduce airflow or resize and replace dryer 1 Adjust operating conditions to meet sizing c
265. water with the evolution of heat Always add the acid to water or other diluent not the water to acid Section 4 Fire and Explosion Data 0 O 2 CE EE es Flash Point Not combustible Autoignition Temperature None reported UEL None reported Extinguishing Media Use extinguishing media appropriate to surrounding fire Only use water if absolutely necessary and use with great caution Water applied directly to sulfuric acid results in violent heat liberation and splattering of the material Use water spray only to keep fire exposed containers cool Unusual Fire or Explosion Hazards Sulfuric acid a strong dehydrating agent reacts with organic materials and produces enough heat ignition chars wood and may cause ignition of finely divided materials on contact Reaction with metals may produce highly flammable hydrogen gas Special peg a poe Procedures Because fire may produce toxic thermal decomposition products wear a self contained breathing apparatus SCBA with a full facepiece operated in pressure demand or positive pressure mode Structural firefighter s protective clothing is not effective Stay away from ends of tanks Do not release runoff from fire control methods to sewers or waterways Section 5 Reactivity Data EXE Stabllity Polymerization Sulfuric acid is stable at room temperature in closed containers under normal storage and handling conditions Hazard ous polymerization cannot occur Chemical Incompatibllities Include acetic ac
266. y e The upstream equipment will shut down automatically upon high level in tank T 110 or the operator can choose to shut down each piece of equipment manually from the control panel or using the local HOA switch e Likewise the downstream equipment will shut down automatically upon a low level in air stripper tank T 220 or the operator can choose to shut down each piece of equipment manually from the control panel or using the local HOA switch 1 5 1 3 Water Tank Failure e Ifa water tank fails such as a crack has developed in the tank the tank feed pumps should be shut off immediately This can be done by turning the local HOA switch to off position or turn off the pump from the control panel e Allow the tank discharge pump to continue to run to draw out the tank contents The discharge pump will stop automatically on low tank level or the operator may choose to shut off the discharge pump once the low level is reached e One exception is the spent backwash pump P 205 Because this pump draws the water from tank T 205 and recycles to the mix tank X 130 the operator should use caution not to overfill the other tanks 1 5 1 4 GAC Carbon Filter Malfunction e The most common cause for the GAC filter to malfunction is a high differential pressure across the filter bed due to particle plugage The differential pressure can be restored by backwashing the filter bed The backwash procedures are presented in Section 1 3 of this document
267. y charged SCBA or airline and egress unit e The stand by is to keep life lines clear to maintain contact with all workers within the confined space and to summon help if needed e The stand by must never enter the confined space unless relieved by rescue assistance e The stand by may attempt rescue by lifeline while waiting for rescue assistance CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Procedure Number 24 Page 2 of 5 All confined space entry permits will address the following Location Hazards Isolation Lockout Tagout PPE and special equipment Air monitoring requirements and results of such monitoring Personal monitoring Training required Stand by persons to be present as alternates Commumication procedures Emergency rescue procedures Confined space classification Posting of notification TRAINING OHM will train employees involved in confined space entry and confined space rescue on the hazards associated with confined space work This training will as a minimum cover the following Hazard recognition Emergency entry and exit Respirator use First aid Lock out procedures Safety equipment Rescue drills Permit system Work practices Communication requirements TESTING AND MONTTORING 7 1 Initial Monitoring Entry into a confined space is prohibited unti initial testing of the atmosphere for oxygen content and toxic gas concentration is conducted from the outside Initial monitoring gives critical informati
268. ze mechanical means when an objects weight or bulk cannot be safely lifted by manual means PURPOSE This procedure provides the proper lifting technique to be used by OHM employees By utilizing proper technique OHM employees can avoid debilitating lower back injuries REQUIREMENTS 3 1 3 2 Use mechanical material handling equipment whenever practical however mechanical lifting equipment shall be used only by qualified personnel If the material must be lifted manually the following procedures apply 3 2 1 3 2 2 323 3 2 4 Make certain that the load lifted can be safely handled Consider the size weight and shape of the load If necessary get help Warm up for the lift by bending stretching and turning Do not attempt to lift more than 60 pounds Ensure proper lifting technique as follows Place feet about shoulder width apart Place one foot alongside the object being lifted and the other foot in front of the object Bend at the knees to grasp the load Maintain slight arch in the back when positioning over load Draw the load close to the body keeping the arms and elbows tucked into the side of the body PERSONAL LIFTING SAFETY Procedure ure Number 33 Page 2 of 2 Take a firm hold on the load with the palms of the hands not just the fingers Maintain same slight arch in the back Lift gradually using your leg muscles Make sure you draw the load close t

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"